| Title of Invention | "AMINOPYRIDINE COMPOUNDS AS PROTEIN KINASE INHIBITORS FOR THE TREATMENT OF CANCER" |
|---|---|
| Abstract | Aminopyridine compounds of formula 1, where Y is -CH, are provided, as well as methods for their synthesis and use. Preferred aminopyridine compounds are potent inhibitors of the c-Met protein kinase. Such aminopyridine compounds are useful in the treatment of abnormal cell growth disorders, such as cancers. |
| Full Text | The present invention relates to aminopyridine compounds as protein kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer. Field of the Invention The invention relates generally to novel chemical compounds and methods. More particularly, the invention provides novel pyrazole-substituted aminoheteroaryl compounds, particularly aminopyridines and aminopyrazines, having protein tyrosine kinase activity, and methods of synthesizing and using such compounds. Preferred compounds are c-Met inhibitors useful lor the treatment of abnormal cell growth, such as cancers. Background The hepatocyte growth factor (HGF) receptor (c-MET or HGFR) receptor tyrosine kinase (RTK) has been shown in many human cancers to be involved in oncogenesis, tumor progression with enhanced ceil motility and invasion, as well as metastasis (see, e.g., Ma, P.C., Maulik, G., Christensen, J. & Salgia, R. (2003b). Cancer Metastasis Rev, 22, 309-25; Maulik, G„ Shrikhande, A., Kijima, T., Ma, P.C., Morrison, P.T. & Salgia, R. (2002b). Cytokine Growth Factor Rev, 13, 41-59). c-MET (HGFR) can be activated through overexpression or mutations in various human cancers including small cell lung cancer (SCLC) (Ma, P.C., Kiitma, T„ Maulik, G., Fox, E.A., Sattler, M., Griffin. J.D., Johnson, B.E. & Salgia, R. . (2003a). Cancer Res, 63,6272-6281). c-MET is a receptor tyrosine kinase that is encoded by the Met proto-oncogene and transduces the biological effects of hepatocyte growth factor (HGF), which is also referred to as scatter factor (SF). Jiang et al., Crit. Rev. Oncol. Hematol. 29: 209-248 (1999). c-MET and HGF are expressed in numerous tissues, although their expression is normally confined predominantly to cells of epithelial and mesenchymal origin, respectively. c-MET and HGF are required for normal mammalian development and have been shown to be important in cell migration, cell proliferation and survival, morphogenic differentiation, and organization of 3-dimensional tubular structures (e.g., renal tubular cells, gland formation, etc.). In addition to Its effects on epithelial cells, HGF/SF has been reporte'd to be an angiogenic factor, and c-MET signaling in endothelial cells can induce many of the cellular responses necessary for angiogenesis (proliferation, motility, invasion). The c-MET receptor has been shown to be expressed in a number of human cancers. c-Met and its iigand, HGF, have also been shown to be co-expressed at elevated levels in a variety of human cancers (particularly sarcomas). However, because the receptor and Iigand are usually expressed by different cell types, c-MET signaling is most commoniy regulated by tumor-stroma (tumor-host) interactions. Furthermore, c-MET gene amplification, mutation, and rearrangement have been observed in a subset of human cancers. Families with germfine mutations that activate c-MET kinase are prone to multiple kidney tumors as well as tumors in other tissues. Numerous studies have correlated the expression of c-MET and/or HGF/SF with the state of disease progression of different types of cancer (including iung, colon, breast, prostate, liver, pancreas, brain, kidney, ovaries, stomach, skin, and bone cancers). Furthermore, the overexpression of c-MET or HGF have been shown to correlate with poor prognosis and disease outcome in a number of major human cancers including lung, liver, gastric, and breast. c-MET has also been directly implicated in cancers without a successful treatment regimen such as pancreatic cancer, glioma, and hepatocellular carcinoma. Examples of c-MET (HGFR) inhibitors, their synthesis and use, can be found in U.S. Paisnt Application Serial No. 10/786,610, entitled "Aminoheleroaryl Compounds as Protein Klrvase Inhibitors", fifed February 26, 2004, and corresponding international application PCT/US20Q4/005495 of the same title, filed February 26, 2004, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. It would be desirable to have novel c-MET {HGFR) inhibitors and methods of using such inhibitor's for the treatment of abnormal cell growth, such as cancer. Summary In one embodiment, the invention provides a compound of formula 1, YisNorCR12; A is Ce-ia aryl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, C^ cycloalkyl or 9-12 membered heieroalicydic, and A is optionally substituted by one or more R3 groups; R1 is selected from (Figure Removed) optionally substituted by one, two or three R13 groups; R2 is hydrogen, halogen, Cv,2 alkyl, CMZ alkenyl, C2.ia alkynyl, 0^2 cycloalkyl, CS-IB aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicydic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -SfOJmR*, -SOjNR4R5. •S{0)sOH4, -NOj, -NR4R5. -{CR'R^nOR4. -CN, -C each R*r R5, R6 and Rr Is Independently hydrogen, halogen, CV12 alkyl, Cj-n alkenyl, Ca-u alkynyl. Qj-u cycloalkyl, C^^ aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicydic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl; or any two of R4, R5, R6 and R7 bound to the same nitrogen atom may, together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, be combined to form a 3 to 12 membered heieroalicyclic or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group optionally contalnlng 1 to 3 additional heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or any two of R4, Rs, R6 and R7 bound to the same carbon atom may be combined lo lorm a Cs.« cycloalkyi, Cg.^ aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group; and each hydrogen In R4, R5, R8 and R7 is optionally substituted by R8, or two hydrogen atoms on the same carbon atom in R4, R5, R6 and R7 is optionally an oxo substituent; each R8 is independently halogen, C(.i2 alkyl, Cs.,2 alkeny!, C2.12 alkynyl, Qua cycloalkyl, (*.« aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -NH2, -CM, -OH. -O-C,.,? alkyl, -O-(CH2)nC3.12 cycloalkyi, •O-(CH2)rtC6.nz aryl, -O-(CH2)n(3-12 membered heteroalicyclic) or -0-(CHz)ft(5-12 membered heteroaryl}; and each hydrogen in R6 is optionally substituted by R11; each R9 and R10 is independently hydrogen, halogen, CMJ alkyl, Cj.i2 cycloalkyi, C«.)2 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyelic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -SfO^R4, -SOjNR^R5, -S(O)aOR4, -NOZ, -NR*fi5, °N, -C^OJR4, -OC(0)R*. -NR4C(0)RS, -{CReR7)nC{O)OR4, -{CReR7)nNCR4Rs, 6, -NR4S(O)PRS or -C(O)NFT'RS; R9 or R10 may combine with a ring atom of A or a substituent of A to form a C>1Z cycloalkyi, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, C6.12 aryl or 5-12 membered heteroaryl ring fused to A; and each hydrogen in R9 and R10 is optionally substituted by R3; each R1' is independently halogen, Cr.12 alkyl, d.,z alkoxy, CWz cycloaikyl, Cs.12 ary), 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -O-CHZ alkyl, -O-(CH2}nC}.12 cycloalkyi, -O-(CHzJnCe.u aryl, -0-(CH2)n(3-12 membered heteroalicyclic}, -0-(CH2)n(5-12 membered heteroaryl) or -CN, and each hydrogen in R" is optionally substituted by halogen, -OH, -CN, -C<.ia alkyl which may be partially or fully halogenated> R12 Is hydrogen, halogen, Ct-u alkyl, CMZ alkenyl, CMZ alkynyl, Ca-u cydoaBcyl, Cua aryl, 3-12 membered heteroaficyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -S(O)mR4, -SO2NR*R5, -S{O)2OR*, -NOj, -NR^R5, -(CR6R7)rtOR4, -CM, -C(0)R4, -OC(O)R4, -O(CR*R7)nR*, -NR4C(O}HS, - each m is independently 0,1 or2; each n is independently 0,1,2,3 or 4; t is 1,2,3 or.4, and each p is independently 1 or 2; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate thereof, with the proviso that the compound is not 3-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluofo-phenyl)-eltioxy]-5-(1H-pyrazof-4-yl)-pyrio:in-2-y[amine, 3-[1 -(2,6-dichlorO'3-fluoro-pheny))-ethoxyJ-5-[i '{2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-eUiyl)-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl]-pyridin-2-ylamine, 3-[1-{2t6-dichloro-3-fluoro-pheny1)-ethoxy]-5-[1- 1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-pyridin-2-ylamine. 3-[1-(2,6-clichlorcH3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxyJ-5-l1-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethyl)-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl]-pyrldin-2-ylamine or 3-[1-(2,6-dcWoro-3-ftuoro-phenyl}-elhoxy>5-(1-metriyM!-l-pyra2ol-4-y1)-pyridin-2-ylamine. In a particular aspect of this embodiments, each R3 is independently halogen, C,.,2 alkyl, C^a alkenyi, CMS alkynyl, 03.12 cycloalkyi. CB-U aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered neieroaryl, -S{0}mR'f -SO2NR4R5, -S{O)ZOR*, -NQa, -NR4R5, -(CR8R7)nOR4, -CN, -C(O)R4, -OC(O)R4, -0(CReR7)nR4. -CKCRWXCR'R^NR'R5, -0(CR6Rr}(CR6R7}nQR4. -NR4C(O)R5, -{CtfR\C(Q)On\ -(CR'R^OR4, -(CR6R7)nC(0)NR4R5, -(CR8R7)I)NCR4RS, -C^NR'jNrfR5, -NR4C{O)NR5R8( -NR4S(O)PR5 or -C(O)NR4RS, each hydrogen In R3 is optionally substituted by R8, and R3 groups on adjacent atoms may combine to form a Cg-u aryl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, Ca.iz cycloalkyi or 3-12 membered heteroalfcycllc group; and each R4, R5, Re and R7 is independently hydrogen, halog«n, CM* alkyl, CMZ alkenyi, CMJ alkynyl, C&H cycloaJkyl, Cs.,z aryl, 3-12 membered heteroallcyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl; or any two of R*, R5, R6 and R7 bound to the same nitrogen atom may, together with the niirogen to which they are bound, be combined to form a 3 to 12 membered heteroalicyclic or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group optionally containing 1 to 3 additional heteroaloms'selected from N, O, and S; or any two of R4, Rs, R* and RT bound to the same carbon atom may be combined to form a c^.ia cycloalkyi, Cfr12 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group; and each hydrogen in R4, R5, R6 and R7 is optionally substituted by R8. • In a particular aspect of this embodiment, A Is 0*12 aryl or 5-12 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted by one or more R3 groups. In another particular aspect of this embodiment, and in combination with any other particular aspect not inconsistent, A Is phenyl substituted by one, two or three R3 groups, preferably one, two or three halogens. In another particular aspect of this embodiment, and in combination with any other particular aspect not inconsistent, t is 1, R* is methyl and R10 is hydrogen. In another particular aspect of this embodiment, and in combination with any other particular aspect not inconsistent, Y is N and R2 is hydrogen. In another particular aspect of this embodiment, and in combination with any other particular aspect not inconsistent, Y is CR1S, R2 is hydrogen, and R12 is hydrogen. In another particular aspect of this embodiment, and in combination with any other particular aspect not inconsistent, t is 1, R10 is hydrogen, and R9 is combined with a ring atom of A to form a cycloalkyi ring fused to A. In another embodiment, the invention provides a compound of formula 2,3 or 4 (Figure Removed) whereifi: YisNorCR12; A is C6-i2 aryl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, C>,s cycloalkyi or 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, and A is optionally substituted by one or more R3 groups; R2 is hydrogen, halogen, CMZ alkyl, CMZ alkenyl, Cj-n alkynyl, 03.12 cycloalkyi, C6.i2 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -StO^R4, -SOzNR^R8, -S(O)2OR4, -NO2, -NR4R5, -CM, -C(0)R4, -OC(0)R4, -0(CR6R7)nR4, -NR4C(O)R5, -(CR8R7)nC(O)OR4, =i5. -C(=NR8)NR4R5, -NR4C(0)NR5R8, -NR^OJpR* or -C(O)NR4R51 and each hydrogen in R* is optionally substituted by R8; each R3 Is independently halogen, CM2 alkyl, CM: alkenyl, C2.15 alkynyl, C3.12 cycloalkyi, C9.12 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl. -S(Q)JPf, -SO2NR4RS, -SfOfeOR4. -NOZ, -NR4R5, -{CR6R7)ftOR4, -CN, -C(O)R4, -OC(0)R4, -O(CR6R7)nR4, -O(CR6R7)(CR6R7)nNR4R5, -0(CR6R7KCRflR7)nOR4. -NR4C(0)R5, -{CR6R7)nC(O)OR4, -{CR6R7)nOR4, -{CR6R7)nC{O)NR4Rs, -(CR8R7)nNCR4R5, -C(=NR8)NR4RS, -WR4C(O)NRSRB, -NR^OJpR* or -C(O)NR4R5, each hydrogen in R3 is optionally substituted by R8, and R3 groups on adjacent atoms may combine to form a C6.12 aryl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, C^ cycloalkyi or 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic group; each R4, R5, R6 and R7 is independently hydrogen, halogen, CH2 alkyl, Cz-12 alkenyl, C^z alkynyf, C3.15 cycloalkyi, Ca.12 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl; or any two of R4, R5, R6 and fl7 bound to the same nitrogen atom may, together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, be combined to form a 3 to 12 membered heteroalicyclic or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group optionally containing 1 to 3 additional heteroatoms selected from N, 0, and S; or any two of R4, Rs, R6 and R7 bound to the same carbon atom may be combined to form a Cjj.ia cycloalkyi, Ce.12 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group; and each hydrogen in R4, R5, R8 and R7 Is optionally substituted by R8, or two hydrogen atoms on the same carbon atom in R4, R5, R6 and R7 is optionally an oxo substituent; each R8 is independently halogen, C,.12 alkyl, C^ alkenyl, C^-, alkynyl, C^2 cycloalkyi, Ce.12 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -Nt^, -CN, -OH, -O-CV12 alkyl, -O-(CH2)nC3.,z cycloalkyi, -CHCHj^Ce^ aryl, -0-(CHz)n(3-12 membered heteroalicyclic) or -O-(CH2)n(5-12 membered heteroaryl); and each hydrogen in R8 is optionally substituted by R11; each fl9 and R10 is independently hydrogen, halogen, Ci.« alkyl, C^z cycloalkyi, CM2 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -S(O)mR4, -SOzNR4R5, -S(O)ZOR4, -NOj, -NR4R5, -(CReR7)«OR4, -CN, -C{0)R4, -OC(O)R4, -NR4C(0)RS, -(CR6R7)nC(O)OR4, -(CR8R7)nNCR4Rs, -NR4C(0)NR5Ra, -NR4S(0)PR5 or -C(O)NR4R5; R9 or R10 may combine with a ring atom of A or a substituent of A to form a CM cycloalkyl, 3-12 membered heteroaficyclic, Ce-ta aryl or 5-12 membered heteroaryl ring fused to A; and each hydrogen in R9 and R10 is optionally substituted by R3; each R11 is independently halogen, 'CH2 alkyl, Ci.i2 alkoxy, CM cycloalkyl, CS-12 aryl, 3-12 membered neteroalicyclic. 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -0-C,.,a alkyl, -O-JCHa^C^j cycloalkyl, -0-(CHzJnCe-u aryl, -O-(CHz)n{3-12 member&d heteroalicyclic), -0-(CHz)n(5-12 membered heteroaryl) or -CN, and each hydrogen in R11 is optionally substituted by halogen, -OH, -CM, -C,.^ alkyl which may be partially or lully halogenated, -OC,.12 alkyl which may be partially or fully halogenated, -CO, -SO or -SOZ; R12 is hydrogen, halogen, d.1z alkyl, 02-12 alkenyl, CZ.K alkynyl, C3.« cydoalkyl, Ce.i2 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -StO^R4, -SO2NR4R5, -S(bkOR4, -N02, -NR4R5, -(CRflR7)nOR4, -CN, -C(0)R4, -OC(O)R4, -O *, -{CR8R7)nOR4, -CN, -C(O)R4, -OC(0}R4, -O(CR6R7)nR4, -NR'CfOJR3, -(CR6Rr)nC{O)OR4, R4, -(CR8R7)nC(0)NRdRs, -(CR6Rr}nNCR4R5, -C(=NR8)NR4R5, -NR4C(O)NRSR6, --C(0)NR4RSI -(CR6R7)n(3-l2 membered heteroalicyclic), -(CR9R7)n(C3.1z cyckaalkyl), (CReR\(5-12 membered heteroaryl). - each n is independently 0,1,2,3 or 4; tis 1,2, 3or4. and each p is Independently 1 or 2; or a pharmaceutically acceptable.salt, hydrate or solvate thereof, with the proviso that ttie compound is not 3-[1-(2P6-dfc*itoro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy}-5-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-pyrJdin-2-ylamine, 3-t1-(2,6-dichloro-3-lluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-[1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ytj-pyridin-2-ylamine, 3-t1-(2,6-dichlpro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-[1-{2-diisopropylaminc-ethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl3-pyrid!n-2-ylamine, 3-fl-(2,6-dichlorp-3-fluoro-phenyl)-9thoxy]-5-[1-(2-morphoiJn-4-yl-ethyi)'1H-pyrazol-4-yQ-pyri{lin-2-ylamine or 3-f1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fiuoro-phenyt)-ethoxyl-5- In a particular aspect of this embodiments, each R3 is independently halogen, Ci.is alkyl, C2.1Z alkenyl, Ca.1z alkynyl, C3.,s cycloalkyl, CVu aryl, 3-12 membered heteroallcyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl. -S(O)mR4, -S02NR4R5. -S(0)2OR4, -NO2, -NR4RS, -(CR^^OR4. -ON, -CfOJR4, -OC(0)R+, -O(CReR7)nR4, -OtCR^'JtCR'R^NR^R5, -O(CR6R7)(CReR7)ftOFU, -NR4C(O}R5, -(CR*Rr)nC(0)OR4, -{CRsR7)flOR4, -(CReR7)nC(0)NR4Rs, •(CR6R7)nNCR4Rs, -C(=NRB)NR4RS, •NR4C(O)NRBRP, -NR4S(0)PRS or -C{O)NR4RS, each hydrogen in R9 Is optionally substituted by R8, and R3 groups on adjacent atoms may combine to form a Cg.l2 aryl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, Cj.,2 cycloalkyl or 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic group; and each R4, R5, R6 and R7 is independently hydrogen, halogen, C,.12 alkyl, C2.)2 alkenyl, CM? alkynyl, Ca-is cydoalkyi, C«.1Z aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl; or any two of R4, R5, R6 and R7 bound to the same nitrogen atom may, together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, be combined to form a 3 to 12 membered heteroallcycfic or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group optionally containing 1 to 3 additional heleroatoms selected from N, 0, and S; or any two of R4, R5, R* and R7 bound to the same carbon atom may be combined to form a C3.,z cycloalkyl, C^z any), 3-12 membered heteroalicyctic or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group; and each hydrogen, in R*, R5, R6 and R7 Is optionally substituted by fl8. In a particular aspect of this embodiment, A is C^2 aryl or 5-12 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted by one or more R3 groups. In another particular aspect of this embodiment, and in combination with any other particular aspect not inconsistent, A is phenyl substituted by one, two or three R3 groups, preferably one, two or three halogens. In another particular aspect of this embodiment, and in combination with any other particular aspect not Inconsistent, t Is-1, R9 is methyl and R10 is hydrogen. . In another particular aspect of this embodiment, and in combination with any other particular aspect not inconsistent, Y is N and R8 is hydrogen. In another particular aspect of this embodiment, and In combination with any other particular aspect not inconsistent, Y is Cfl12, R3 is hydrogen, and R12 is hydrogen. In another particular aspect of this embodiment, and in combination with any other particular aspect not inconsistent, t is 1, R10 is hydrogen, and R9 is combined wilh a ring atom of A to form a Cg.,2 cycloalkyl ring fused to A. In another embodiment, the invention provides a compound of formula 2a (Figure Removed)wherein: R4 is hydrogen, halogen, CM2 alkyl, Ca.« alkenyl, CMS alkynyl, C^ cycloalkyl, Cs-u aryl, 3-12 membered heteroaPcyciic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -S(0)mR*. -SO2NR4R5, ^(OJaOR4, -NO8, -NR4R5, .{CRVjnOR4, -CM, -qOJR4, -OC(0)R4, -CXCR^R4, -NR*C(0)R5, -(CRVW^OJOR4, -(CR6R7)nNCR'R5, -C{*NR6)NR4RS, -NR4qO)NRsRa, -NR4S(O)pR5 or -C(O)NR each R4, R&. R6 and R7 is independently hydrogen, halogen, C,.-|2 alkyl, C2.12 atkenyl, CMZ alkynyl, 03.12 cycloalkyl, Cs-iz aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heleroaryl; or any 1wo ol R4, Rs, R6 and R7 bound to the same nitrogen atom may, together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, be combined to form a 3 to 12 membered heteroalicyciic or 5:12 membered heteroaryl group optionally containing 1 to 3 additional heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or any two of R4, R5, R6 and R7 bound to the same carbon atom may be combined to form a C^a cycloalkyl, Ca.12 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyciic or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group; and each hydrogen in R4, Rs, RB and R7 is optionally substituted by R8, or two hydrogen atoms on the same carbon atom in R*. R5, R8 and R7 Is optionally an oxo substltuent; each R8 is independently halogen, CMS alkyl, Cz.« alkenyl, C2.,2 alkynyl, C^ cycloalkyl, C^ia aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyciic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -NHZ, -CN, -OH, -0-d.12 alkyl, -O-(CH^nCs-iz cycloalkyl, -0-(CH2)nC,Mj aryl, -O-(CH2)n(3-12 membered heteroalicyciic) or -O-(CH2)n{5-12 membered heteroaryl); and each hydrogen in R8 is optionally substituted by Rn; each R1' is independently halogen, C,.,2 alkyl, d.i2 alkoxy, Cs.,2 cycloalkyl, C6.12 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyciic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -O-d.iz alkyl, -0-(CH2)nC3.ia cycloalkyl, -O-(CH2}nC6.12 aryl, -O-(CH2)n(3-i2 memfaered heteroalicycUe), -O-(CH2)n{5-12 membered heteroaryl) or -CN, and each hydrogen in R11 is optionally substituted by halogen, -OH, -CN, -CM2 alkyl which may be partially or fully halogenated, -O-C^j alkyl which may be partially or fully halogenated, -CO, -SO or -SO2; each R13 Is independently halogen, Ci.12 alkyl, C2.,2 alkenyl, Cj.u alkynyl, Cg.i2 cycloalkyl, Ce-i2 aryl. 3-12 membered heteroalicyciic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -S(O)mR4. -S02NR4RS, 'S(O)2OR4, -NO2, -NR'R5, -(CR6R7)nOR*, -CN, -C{O)R4, -OC(O)R4, -O(CR*R\tf, -NR4C(0)RS, -(CR8R7)nC(p)OR4, -(CR6R7)nOR4, -(CR8R7)nC(O)NR4R5, -(CR6R7)nNCR*Rs, -C(=NR6)NR4RS, -NR4C(O}NR5R6. -NR4S(O)PRS, -C(0)NR4R5, -(CR6R7)n(3-12 membered heteroalicyciic), -{CReR7)n(C3.,2 cycloalkyl). IGfttfUC+u aryl), -(CR^R7)«(5'12 membered heteroaryl), -(CR6R7)nC(O)NR4R5, or -{CR6R7)nC(O)R4, R13 groups on adjacent atoms may combine to form a Ce-ia aryl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, C^ cycloalkyl or 3-12 membered heteroalicyciic group, and each hydrogen In R13 Is optionally substituted by R3; each m is independently 0,1 or 2; each n is independently 0,1,2,3 or 4; each p is independently 1 or 2; or a pharmaceuiically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate thereof. In a particular aspect of this embodiments, each R3 is independently halogen, Ci.12 alkyl, Cz.12 alkenyl, C2.12 alkynyl, Ca.t2 cycloalkyl, Cg.12 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyciic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -S(O)mR*. -SOgNRfR5, -S^zOR4, -NO2. -NR4R5, -(CR6R7)nOR4, -CN, -C(O)R4, -OC(O)R", •OfCR'R^R4, -0(CRflR7)(CR8R7),,NR4R5, -O^R'R'XCR^^nOR^, -NR4C(O)R5, -(CR6R7)rOR4, -(CR8R7)nC(0)NR4R5, -(CR8R7)nNCR4R5, -C(=NR6)NR*R5, .NR4C(O)NR5R6, -or -C(O)NR4RS, each hydrogen In R3 is optionally substituted by Rfl, and Ra groups on adjacent atoms may combine to form a Ce-i2 aryl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, 03.12 cycloalkyl or 3-12 membered heteroalicyciic group; and each R4. R5. R6 and R7 is independently hydrogen, halogen, C,.12 alkyl, C^z alkenyl, C,.,s alkynyl, C3.i;> cyctoalkyl, C^ aryl, 3-12 membered neteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroary); or any two of R4, R5, R6 and RT bound to the same nitrogen atom may, together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, be combined to form a 3 to 12 membered heteroalicyclic or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group optionally containing 1 to 3 additional heteroatoms selected from N, 0, and S; or any two of R4, Rs, R6 and R7 bound to the same carbon atom may be combined to form a 03.12 cycloalkyl, C$.« aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group; and each hydrogen in R4, R*, R6 and Rr Is optionally substituted by R9. In a particular aspect of this embodiment, R! is hydrogen. In another embodiment, the invention provides a compound of formula 2b (Figure Removed) i wherein: R8 is hydrogen, halogen, C|.« alkyl. Cz.,2 alkenyf. QMS alkynyl, C^a cycloalkyl, Cj.is aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl. -S{O)mR4, -SOsNR*R5. -S(O)2OR*. -NQa, -NR*RS, .'(CR'R^OFS4, -CN, -C(0)R*. -OC{0)R4, -O(CR(lR7)nR4, -NR4C(O)R5, -(CR'R^CCOJOR4, -{CR6R7)nNCR4Rs, -C{=NR")NR4R5, -NR4C(O)NflsRfi, -NR^OJpR5 or -C(O)NR4RS, and each hydrogen In Rz is optionally substituted by RB; each R9 is Independently halogen, CMJ alkyl, Cj.12 alkenyl. 02-12 alkynyl, Cg.^ cycloalkyl, Ce.1z aryi, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroary!, -S(O)raR4, -SOzNR^R*. -SfO^OR4, -NOj, -NR4R5, -(CR^OR4, -CN. -C(O)R4, -OC(O)R4, ^0(CR6R7)rtn4, -O(CR6R7)(CR6R7}flNR4Rs. -O(CRsR7)(CR6R7)nOR4. -NR4C(0)R5, -(CR6R7)nC(O)OR4, -(CR6R7)nOR4, -(CR6R7)nC{O)NR4R5, -(CRBR7)nNCR4RS. -C(=NR6)NR4R5, -NR4C(O)NRsR*,'-NR4S(O)pRs or -C(O)NR*R5, each hydrogen in R3 is optionally substituted by R6, and R3 groups on adjacent atoms may combine to form a Ca-iz aryl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, C^ cycloalkyl or 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic group; each R4, R5, Rfi and R7 is independently hydrogen, halogen, C,.,2 alkyl, Cz.,2 alkenyl, Cz.n alkynyl, 03.12 cycloalkyl, C^2 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl; or any two of R4, R5, R6 and R7 bound to the same nitrogen atom may, together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, be combined to torm a 3 to 12 membered heteroalicyclic or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group optionally containing 1 to 3 additional heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or any two of R4, R5, R6 and R7 bound to the same carbon atom.may be combined to form a C^u cycloalkyl. Cg-u aryt, 3-12 membered Heteroalicyclic or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group; and each hydrogen in R4, R5, Rsand R7is optionally substituted by R8, or two hydrogen atoms on the same carbon atom in R4, R5, R6 and R7 is optionally an oxo substituent; each R9 is independently halogen, CV12 alkyl, CMZ alkenyl, C2.,2 alkynyl, CM cycloalkyi, C6.12 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl. -NH2, -CN, -OH, 'O-CV12 alkyl, -0-(CHz)nC;H2 cycloalkyi, -O-fChfcJnCe.^ aryl, -0-(CH2)n(3-l2 membered heteroalicyclic) or -O-(CH2)n(5-l2 membered heteroaryl); and each hydrogen in R8 Is optionally substituted by R11; each R11 is independently halogen, d.,2 alkyl, Ci.,2 alkoxy, C^u cycloalkyi, Cs.«> aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered rteteroaryl, -O-C,.ia alkyl, -O^CH^C^ cycloalkyi, -O-(CH2)nC6.,z aryl, -0-(CH2)n(3-12 membered heteroalicyclic), -O-(CH2}n(5-12 membered heteroaryl) or -CN, and each hydrogen in R11 is optionally substituted by halogen, -OH, -CN, -C,.I2 alkyl which may be partially or My halogenated, -0-C,.,, alkyl which may be partially or tully halogenated, -CO, -SO or -SO2; R18 Is hydrogen, halogen, Ci.)Z alkyl, Ct-tt alkenyl, CZ.1Z alkynyl, Ca.,2 cycloalkyi, C^j aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered rieteroaryl, -S(O)mR*. -SO2NR4R5, -S(O)2OR4, -NO2, -NR4R5, •(CRBR7)nOR4, -CN, -C(0)R4, -OC(0)R4. -O(CRBR7)nH4, -NFfCfOR5, -(CR6R7)nC(O)OR4, -{CR6R7)nNCR4R5, -C(=NR')NR4R5, -NR4C(0)NR6R6, -NR4S(O)PR5 or .C(O)NR4RS. and each hydrogen in R12 is optionaKy substituted by R3; each R13 is independently halogen, C,.12 alkyl, C^j alkenyl, C2-12 alkynyl, Cs.12 cycloalkyi, Cs.12 aryf, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic. 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -S(0)nR4, -SO2NR4R5. -S(O)aOR4, -NOj, 5, -(CR6R7)nOR4. -CN, -C(O)R4, -OC(O}R4, -O&rftf)^, -NR4C(O)R5. -{CR6R7)nC(O)OR4, R4, •(CR6R7)fiqO)NR4Rs, -(CR6RT)nNCR4R8, -C^NF^NR^6, -NR*C{O)NR5R6, -NR^^pR5, -qo)NR4R5, -(CRfR'X^ia membered heteroalicyclic), -(CR8R7)n(Ca.12 cycloalkyi). -(CR8Rr)^Cfr12 aryl), -(CR6R7)n(5-12 membered heteroaryl), -(CReR7)nC(O)NR*Rs, or -(CR6R7)nC(O)R4. R13 groups on adjacent atoms may combine to form a C8.12 aryl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, Ca.i2 cycloalkyi or 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic group, and each hydrogen in R13 is optionally substituted by R3; each m is independently 0,1 or 2; each n is independently 0,1,2,3 or 4; each p is independently 1 or 2; or a pharmaceuticaHy acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate thereof. with Ihe proviso thai the compound is not 3-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-{lH-pyrazol4-yl)- pyridin-2-ylamine, 3-{1 -(2,6-dJchloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-[ 1 -(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethyl)-l H-pyrazol-4-yl]- pyridin-2-ylamine, 3-11 -(2,6-dichtoro-3-fli»ro-phenyl)-elhoxy]-5-f.1 -(2-diisopropylamino-ethyl)-l H-pyrazot- 4-yl].pyridin-2-ylamine, 3-[1«(2,6-dichloro-3-1luoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-[1 -(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethyl)-1 H- pyra20l-4-yl]-pyridln-2-ylamine or 3-[1-(2,6-dichlorO"3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-pyrIdin-2-ylamine. In a particular aspect of this embodiments, each R3 is independently halogen, C,.iz alkyl, Cz.12 alkenyl, Cj.,2 alkynyl, C^u cycloalkyi. Ce.t2 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -S(O)mR4, -S02NH4RS, -S(0)2OR4, -N02, -NR4R5, -{CR6R7)nOR4, -CN, -C(O)R4, -OC{0)R4, -0(CR8R7)nR4, -0(CR6R7){CR8R7)nNR4Rs, -0(CR8R7)(CR6R7)nOR4. -NR4C(O)R5, -(CR^^nCKOJOR4, -(CR6R7)nOR4, -(CR6R7)nC(0)NR4Rs1 -(CR8R7)nNCR4R5, •C(=NR6)NR4R5, -NR4C(O)NRHRfl -NR4S(O)PRS or -C(O)NR'!R51 each hydrogen in R3 is optionally substituted by Ra, and R3 groups on adjacent atoms may combine to form a Ce.,a aryl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, Ca.ia cyctoalkyi or 3-12 membered heteroalicyctic group; and each R', R5, R6 and R7 is Independently hydrogen, halogen, CMa alkyl, Cz-ia alkenyl, CMJ alkynyl, Ca-u cycloalkyl, Cs-12 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl; or any two of R4, R!, Rs and R7 bound to the same nitrogen atom may, together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, be combined to form a 3 to 12 membered heteroalicyclic or 5-12 membered heteroaryi group optionally containing 1 to 3 additional heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or any two of R4, R5, R*and R7 bound : to the same carbon atom may be combined to form a C3.,a cycloaikyl, C^ aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic or 5-12 -membered heteroaryl group; and each hydrogen in R4. R5, R6 and R7 Is optionally substituted by R9:- - . In a particular aspect of this embodiment, R2 is hydrogen. In another particular aspect of this embodiment, R12 is hydrogen. (n another particular aspect or" this embodiment, R2 and Rtt are hydrogen. In another embodiment, the invention provides a compound of formula 3a(Figure Removed) (Figure Removed)R2 is hydrogen, halogen, €,.« alkyl, C2.12 aBcenyl, Ca.,z alkynyl, C^s cycloalkyl, C+a aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -SfOJmfl4, -SO2NR4R*, -SfOfeOR4, -NOs, -NR4R5, -CN, -C{0)R4, -OC(0)R4, -0(CRaR7jhR4. -NR4C(O)R5, -{CRSR7)nC(0)OR4, 5. -C{=NRB)NR4R!, -NR^OJNR'R*, .NR4S{OJPRS or -C(O)NR4R5. and each hydrogen in R* is optionally substituted by R9; each R3 Is independently halogen, CW2 alkyl, Cj02 alkenyl, C2.12 alkynyl, €3.^ cycloalkyl, C^j aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicycfic, 5-12 membered heteroaryt, -SCOJmR4, -S02NR4RS, -S(O}2OR4, -NQz, -NR^R5, -(CR6R7)nOR4, -CN, -C(6)R4, -06(0)R4, -O(CR6R7)nR4, -O(CReR7)(CR*R7)nNR4R5. -O(CRflR7}(CR8R7)nOR4. - -NR4C{O)R*. -(CR8R7)nC{O)OR4, -(CRBR7)ftOR4, -(Cfl^^CtOJNR^R5, -{CReR7)nNCR4Rs, •C(=NR6)NR4RS, ..NR4C(O)NR5R^, -NR4S(O)PR5 or -C(O)NR4RS, each hydrogen in R3 is optionally substituted by R8, and R3 groups on adjacent atoms may combine to form a CB-IZ ary), 5-12 membered hetoroaryl, C3.t2 cycloalkyl or 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic group; '. each R4. R5, R6 and R7 is independently hydrogen, halogen, Ci.(2 alkyl,: Ca-« alkenyl, d-ia alkynyl, CM cycloalkyl, C^z aryl, 3-12 membered heteroajicycHc, 5-12 rnembered hateroaryl; or any two of R4, R3, Ra and R7 bound to the same nitrogen atom may, together wfth the nitrogen to which they are bound, be combined to form a 3 to 12 membered heteroalicycljc or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group optionally containing 1 to 3 additional heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or any two of R*, Rs, R* and R7 bound to the same carbon atom may be combined lo form a Ca.,2 cycloalkyi, C$.i2 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group; and each hydrogen in R4, R5, ft6 and R7 is optionally substituted by R8, or two hydrogen atoms on the same carbon atom in R4, R5, R6 and R7 Is optionally an oxo Subslituent; each R8 is independently halogen, d.|8 aikyl, Ca.,2 alkertyl, C^ alkynyl, 03.12 cydoalkyl, Ce.« aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -NH2, -CN, -OH, -O-CMJ. alkyl, -0-{CHdnCs-w cydoalkyl, -O-(CHz}nC«.ia aryl, -O-fCHzMS^ membered heteroalicyclic) or -0-(CHz)n(5-12 membered heteroaryl}; and each hydrogen in R8 is optionally substituted by R"; each R11 is independently halogen, CMS alky'. CMZ alkoxy, C^z eycloalkyl, Cs.,2 aryl, 3-12 membered hateroalicycllc, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -0-C,.,2 alkyl, -O-(CHz)nC3.ia cycloalkyi, -0-(CHj,)nC6-i2 aryl, -O-(CHa)n(3-12 membered heteroalicydic), -O-(CH2)n(5-12 membered heteroaryt) or -CM, and each hydrogen in R11 Is optionally substituted by halogen, -OH, -CN, -Ci.,a alkyl which may be partially or fully halogenated, -0-C(.1Z alkyl which may be partially or fully halogenatad, -CO, -SO or -SO?; each R19 is Independently halogen, CMS alkyl, CM* alkenyt, C2.12 alkynyl, C^B cydoalkyl, an/, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic. S-12 membered heteroaryl, -SfOtaR*, -SQzNR'R8, -SJOJjOR*, --NR*R5, - each n is independently 0,1,2,3 or 4; each p is independently 1 or 2; or a pharmaceuticaly acceptable salt, hydrate or solvale thereof. In a particular aspect of this embodiments, each R9 is Independently halogen, CMJ afcyl, £2-12 alkenyf, CMZ alkynyl, C^ cycloalkyi, Ce-u aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryt. -S(O)mR4, -SOzNR^, -S(O)aOR4, -NO*, -NR4RS, -(CR6R7}nOR4, -CNr -CCOJR4, -OC(O)R*. -0(CR6RT)nR4, -OtCRWHCR^NR'Fl5, -O{CR8R7)(CR8fl7)nOR4. -NR4C(O)R5, -(CR6R7}nC(0)OR4, -^R^OR4, -(CR8R7)nC(0)NR4R5, -(CR6R7)nNCR4R5, -C^NR'jNR'R5, -NR4C(0)NRSR6, -NR'StOVR8 or -C(O)NR4R5, each hydrogen in R3 is optionally substituted by R8, and R3 groups on adjacent atoms may combine to form a C^ aryl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, Ca-u cycfoalkyJ or 3-12 membered heteroalicydic group; and each R*. R5, R6 and R7 is Independently hydrogen, halogen, CVi2 alkyl, Cj.i2 alkenyl, CMZ alkynyl, Cj.12 cycloalkyi, Cs-iz aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicydic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl; or any two of R4, Rs, Re and R7 bound lo the same nitrogen alom may, together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, be combined to form a 3 to 12 membered heteroalicydic or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group optionally containing 1 to 3 additional heteroaloms selected from N, O, and S; or any two of R4, R5, R8 and R7 bound to the same carbon atom may be combined to form a CM: cycloalkyi, Ce-u aryf, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group; and each hydrogen in R4, R6, R8 and R7 Is optionally substituted by R8. in a particular aspect of this embodiment, Rz is Hydrogen, In another embodiment, (he invention provides a compound of formula 3b (Figure Removed) (Figure Removed) wherein: R2 fe hydrogen, halogen. C,.« alkyt, CW4 alkenyl, C2.,2 alkynyl, Ca.1z cycloalkyi, C^ aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -S^R4, -SO2NR4RS, -S(O)aOR4, -NOj. -NR4R6, -CN, -C(0)R4, -OCfOJR4, -O(CR6Rr)nR4. -NR4C each R3 is independently halogen, CMZ alkyl, C2.12 alkenyl, Cz.,s alkynyl, C$.K cycloalkyi, C^a aryl, 3-12, membered heteroalfcycUc, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -S(O)mR4, -S02NR4R5. -StOjjOR*. -NOS, S, -(CRBR7)nOfl4, -CN, -C(O)R4, -OC(O)R4, -O(CR8R7)hR4, -O(CR6R7)(CR6R7)nNR4Rs1 OFU. -NR4C(0)R5, -(CR6R7)nC(O)OR*, -{CRsR7)nOR4, -(CR8R7)nC{O)NR4Rs, ^CRfRTX,NCR*R8. -C(=NR8)NR4R5, -NR4C(O)NR5RB, -NR4S(O)PR5 or -C(O)NR4RS, each hydrogen in R3 is optionally substituted by R8, and R3 groups on adjacent atoms may combine to form a C^2 aryl, 5-12 membered hetetoaryl, C^ cycloalkyi or a-12 membeied hetsroalicydic group; each R4, R5, R6 and R7 Is Independently hydrogen, halogen, Ci.ia alkyl, Cj.^ alkenyl, CM 2 alkynyl, QMS cycloalkyi, CB-I? aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl; or any two of R4, R5, R9 and R7 bound to the same nitrogen atom may, together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, be combined to form a 3 to 12 membered heteroalicyclic or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group optionally containing 1 to 3 additional heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or any two of R4, R5, R6 and R7 bound to the same carbon atom may be combined to form a 03.12 cycloalkyi, Ce-u aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group; and each hydrogen in R4, Rs, R8 and R7 is optionally substituted by Re, or two hydrogen atoms on the same carbon atpm in R4. R5, Re and R7 Is optionally an oxo substituent; each R8 is independently halogen, CW alkyl, CM: alkenyf, C2.12 alkynyl, Cs.12 cycloalkyi, Ce.is aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -NHa, -CN, -OH, -O-CMJ alkyl, -O-(CH2}nC3.ia cycloalkyi, -O-(CHa)nCM2 aryf, -0-(CHs)n each R" is independently halogen, CMJ alky I, C,.12 alkoxy, C3.ij. cycloaikyl, C«.ia aryl. 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -O-Ci.,a alkyl, -0-{CHa)nC3.i2 cyctoaikyt, -O-(CHjzJnCfrtz ary}, -O-(CH2)n(3-12 membered heteroalfcydic), -0-(CHZ)B(5-12 membered heteroaryl) or -CM, and each hydrogen in R11 is optionally substituted by halogen, -OH, -CM, -Ct.,2 alkyl which may be partially or fully halogenated, -O-C-|.12 alkyl which may be partially or fully halogenated, -CO, -SO or -SO2; R12 is hydrogen, halogen, Ci.12 alkyl, C^j alkenyl, Cz-\z alkynyl, 03.12 cycloalkyl, Cs.1z aryl, 3-12 membered heteroallcyclic. 5-12 membered hateroaryl, -S(O)mR4, -SO2NR4R5, -{CReR7)nOR4, -CN, -CCOJR4, -OC(0)R4, -O(CR6R7)ftR4, -NFfcfp -{CR6R7)nNCR4R5, -C^NR'JNR'R5, -NR*C(0)NR!R6, -NR4S{O)PR5 or -C(O)NRV, and each hydrogen in R12 is optionally substituted by R3; each R'3 is Independently halogen, CM2 alky!, Cj.« alkenyl, Ca.,z alkynyl, C^z cycloalky!, Cs.12 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -S(O)mR4, -SOsMR^R5, -S(OJ2OR4, -NOj, -NR4R5, -(CR6R7)nOR4. -CN, -C(O}R4, -OC^OJR4, -O(CR8R7)nR4. -NR4C(O)RS, -(CtfR^OR4, -(CR6R7)nC(O)NR4R5, -(CR6R7)nNCR4R5, -C(=NR8)NR*RS, -C(O)NR4R5, -(CRW)A(3-12 membered heteroalicyclic), - each m is Independently 0,1 or 2; each n is independently 0,1,2,3 or 4; each p is independently 1 or 2; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or sotvale thereof. In a particular aspect of th& embodiments, each R3 is independently halogen, CM2 alkyl, C^ alkenyl, CMS alkynyl, C^g cydoalky), CB-IS aryl, 3-12 membered rteteroalicydic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -SfO^R4, -SO2NR4R6, -SIOJaOR4, -NOt, -NR4RS, -{CRVjnOR4, -CN, -C(0)R4. -OC(O)R4, -O(CRsR7)(CRflR7)rtNR4Rs, -Q(CRlR'XCnlR7)^OR«, -NR4C each R4, Rs, R8 and R7 is independently hydrogen, halogen, Ci.12 alkyl CMZ alkenyl, Cj-u alkynyl, C^-u cyctoalkyl. Cs-iz aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl; or any two of R*, Rs, R6 and R7 bound to the same nitrogen atom may, together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, be combined to form a 3 to 12 membered heteroaficyclic or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group optionally containing 1 to 3 additional heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or any two of R4, R!, R6 and R7 bound to the same carbon atom may be combined to form a C^? cycloalkyl, C^2 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group; and each hydrogen in R4, R5, RJ and R7 is optionally substituted by Ra. In a particular aspect of this embodiment, Rs is hydrogen. In another particular aspect of this embodiment, R12 is hydrogen. In another particular aspect of (his embodiment, R2 and R1? are hydrogen. -15-another embodiment, the invention provides a compound of formula 4a (Figure Removed) i wherein: R2 is hydrogen, halogen, C,.12 alkyl, C2.12 alkenyl, Cz.,2 alkynyl, 63-12 cycloalkyl, Ca.i2 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -S(O)raR4, -S08NR4R5, -S(O)2OR4, -NO2l -NR4H5, -(CR8R7)nOR4, -CN. -C(0)R4, -OC(0)R4, rO(CR6R7)nR*, -NR4C(0)R5, -(CR6R7)nC(O)OR4, -(CR6R7)nNCR4RB. -C(=NRfl)NR4R*. -NR4C(O)NR5Rfl. -NFfefOJpR5 or -C(O)NR*R5, and each hydrogen in R2 is optionally substituted by R6; each R3 is independently halogen, CM alky!, C2.,2 alkenyl, Cj.12 alkynyl, €3.12 cycloalkyl, Cg.,2 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -S(O)mR4, -SOZNR4R8, -NR4R§, -(CR9R7)ftOR4, *CN, -C(0)R4, -OC(0)R4( -O(CR6RT)BR4, -0{CRBR7){CR8R7)1>OFU, -NR4C(O)RS, -(CR8R7)nC{O)OR4, -{CRV^OR4. -(CR8Rr)(>C(O)NR4R5. -(CReR7)nNCR4R5, -C(»NR8)NR4R5, -NR4C(O)NRSR6, -NR4S(0)PR5 or -C(O)NR4RS, each hydrogen in R3 is optionally substituted by RB, and R3 groups on adjacent atoms may combine to form a C^a aryl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, C^u cycloalkyl or 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic group; each R4, Rs, R8 and R7 is independently hydrogen, halogen, C,.,2 alkyl, €2-12 alkenyl, C2.18 alkynyl, Cfrti. cycloalkyl, C».12 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl; or any two of R4, R5, R* and R7 bound to the same nitrogen atom may, together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, be combined to form a 3 to 12 membered heteroalicycllc or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group optionally containing 1 to 3 additional heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or any two of R4, R5, R6 and R7 bound to the same carbon atom may be combined to form a C^ cycloalkyl, C*.12 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group; and each hydrogen in R4, R5, R6 and R7 is optionally substituted by R8, or two hydrogen atoms on the same carbon atom in R4, R5, R8 arid R7 is optionally an oxo substit jent; each Ra Is independently halogen, C,.i2 alkyl, C^ alkenyl, C?.* alkynyl, Cs.,2 cycloalkyl, CB.,z aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -NHj, -CN, -OH, -O-d-12 alkyi, -O-(CHz)nC3.12 cycloalkyt, •0-(CHz)nC8.i2 aryt, -O-{CHj)n(3-12 membered heteroalicyclic) or -O-(CHa)n{5-12 membered heteroaryi); and each hydrogen in R8 Is optionally substituted by R11; each R11 is independently halogen, CM2 alkyl, C,.12 alkoxy, C^j cycloalkyl, Ce-iz aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -O-C,.12 alkyl, -O-^H^nCa.^ cycloalkyl, -0-aryl, -O-(CH2)n(3-12 membered heteroallcydic}, -O-(CH2)n(5-12 membered heteroaryl} or -CN, and each hydrogen in R11 is optionally substituted by halogen, -OH, -CN, -C^z alkyl which may be partially or fuHy halogenated, -0-C,-12 alkyl which may be partially or fully halogenated, -CO, -SO or -S02; each R13 is independently halogen, CW2 alkyl, CMJ alkenyl, Cz.12 alkynyl, CJMZ cycloalkyl, Cw aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -S(0)n,R*, 'SO2NR4R5, -S(O)2OR4, -NO2, -NR4R5, -(CR8R7)nOR4, -CN, ^C{O)R4, -OC(0)R4, -0(CR8R7)nR4. -NR4C each m is independently 0,1 or 2; each n is independently 0,1,2,3 or 4; .each p is independently 1 or 2; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate thereof. In a particular aspect of this embodiments, each R3 is independently halogen, C^j alkyl. Cg.12 alkenyl, Cj.12 alkynyl, C3.1? cycloalkyl, Cs-u aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -S(O)mR4. -S02NR4R5, -SCOfcOR4, -NO2, -NR4R5, -(Ctfn\Qrf, -CN, -G(Q)tf, -OC(O}R4, -0{CR8R7)nR4, -0{CR8R7)(CR6R7)nNR4R5, -O(CR8R7)(CReR7>nOR4. -NR4C{O)RS, -(CReR7)nC(O)OR4, -(CR6R7)nOR4, -(CReR7)nC(0)NR4RB, - In a particular aspect of this embodiment, R2 is hydrogen. In another embodiment, the invention provides a compound of formula 4b (Figure Removed)wherein: R2 is hydrogen, halogen, C,.12 alkyl, C2-i2 alkonyl, C^z alkynyl, Cg-u cyctoalkyl, C^z aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -S(0)mtf, -SOjNR^R5, -S(O)2OR4, -NO* -NR4R5, - each R4, Rs, R8 and R7 Is independently hydrogen, halogen, CM2 alkyl, Cs.12 alkenyl, Cj.^ alkynyl, GS.U cycloalkyl, Cs.12 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl; or any two of R4, R5, R6 and R7 bound to the same nitrogen atom may, together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, be combined to form a 3 to 12 membered heteroalicyclic or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group optionally containing 1 to 3 additional heteroatoms selected from N, 0, and S; or any two of R4, R5, RB and R7 bound to the same carbon atom may be combined to form a C3.,j cycloalkyl, Ce.,i aryl. 3-12 membered rieleroalicyclic or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group; and each hydrogen In R4, Rs, R8 and R7 is optionally substituted by R8, or two'hydrogen atoms on the same carbon atom in R4. R5, R* and R7 is optionally an oxo substltuent; : " each Ra is independently halogen, CMS alkyl, €2.12 alkenyl, Cs.12 alkynyl, C^a cyctoalkyl, C^u aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-1? membered heteroaryl, -NH2, -CN, -OH, -O-C,.12 alkyl, -0-(CH2)nC3.12 cycloalkyj, -©-(CHdnCe-iz aryl, •O-(CH2)n(3-12 membered heteroalicyclic) or -O-{CH2)n(5-12 membered heteroaryl); and each hydrogen .in R8 is optionally substituted by R11; each R11 is independently halogen, C,.i2 alkyl, d.12 alkoxy, Ca-ia cycloalkyl. C8.12 aryt, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, ••O-d.t2 alkyl, -O-(CHz)nC3.« cycloalkyl, «0-(CHs)nC6.i2 aryl, -O-(CH2)n(3-12 membered heteroalipyclic), -0-(CHa)B(5-12 membered heteroaryl) or -CN. and each hydrogen in R11 Is optionally substituted by halogen, -OH, -CN, -Ci.12 alkyl which may be partially or fully halogenated, -0-Ci.u alkyl which may be partially or fully halogenated, -CO, -SO or - Rt2 is hydrogen, halogen, d-i2 alkyl, CMZ alkenyl, C2.,2 alkynyl, C^j cycloalkyl, GHZ .aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -StO^R4, -502NR4RS, -S(O)2OR4, -NO2, -NR*RS, -{CRBR7)nOR4, -CN, -C(O)R\ -OC(0)R4, -O(CR6R7}nR4. -NR4C(0)R5, -(CRsR7)hC(O)OR4, -(CRflR7)nNCR4Rs, -C(=NRB)NR4RS, -NR4C(0)NR5R$, -NR4S(O)PRS or -C(O}NR4R5. and each hydrogen in R12 is optionally substituted by R3; each R13 Is independently halogen, C^2 alkyl, Cz.« alkenyl, C^ alkynyl, C3-iz cycloalkyl, CB-U aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 mernbered heteroaryl, -S(O)mR4, -SOaNR4Rs, -S(O)2OR', *NOa, -NRV, -{CR8R7)nOR4, -CN, -C(O)R4, -OC(O)R4, -©(CR^R4, -NR4C(O)R5, -(CR6R7)nC(O)OR4, -(CR6R7)nOR4, -(CR'R^nCfOJNtfR5, -(CR6R7)nNCR4Rs. -C^NR^^R5, -NFfcfOJNFftf. -NR4S(0)l>Rs, -C(O)NR4R5, -(CReR7)n(3-12 membered heteroalicyclic), -(CRBR7)n(C3.ia cyctoalkyl), -(CR9R7)n(CB.i2 aryl), -(CR6Rr)n(5-12 membered heteroaryl}, -(CR6R7)nC(0)NR4R5, or -(CB6R7)nqO)R4, R13 groups on adjacent atoms may combine to form a Ce.12 ary), 5-12 membered heteroaryl, C^ cycloalkyl or 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic group, and each hydrogen in R13 is optionally substituted by R3; each m is independently 0, 1 or 2; each n is independently 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; each p is independently 1 or 2; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate thereof. In a particular aspect of this embodiments, each R3 is independently halogen, d.,2 alkyl. C?-v alkenyl, CMS alkynyl, C3.i2 cycloalkyl, C*n aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -S(O)mR4, -S02NR4RS, -S(0)2OR4, -N02, -NR4RS, -(CR6R7)nOR4, -CN, -C{O)R4, -0(CR6R7)nR4, -0(CR6RT)(CR6R7)ftNR4R5, -O(CRBR7)(CReR7)nOR4, -NR4C(O)R5, -(CR^ -(CR6R7)nOR4, -(CR9R7)nC(O)NR4R5. -(CR6R7)nNCR4Rs, -C(=NR*)NR4RS, -NR4C(O)NR5RB, -NR4S(0)pRb or -C(O)NR4R5, each hydrogen In R3 is optionally substituted by Re, and R3 groups on adjacent atoms may combine to form a (V,2 aryl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl. C3.,j cycloalkyl or 3-12 membered neteroalicyclic group; and each R4, R5, R6 and R7 is independently hydrogen, halogen, C(.12 alkyl, Cj.,2 alkenyl, Cz-u alkynyl, Ca.,2 cycloalkyl, C^iz aryl. 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, S-12 mernbered heteroaryl; or any two of R', R5, R6 and R7 bound to ihe same nitrogen atom may, together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, be combined to form a 3 to 12 membered heteroalicyclic or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group optionally containing 1 to 3 additional heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or any two of R4, R5, R6 and Rr bound io the same carbon atom may be combined to form a C3.12 cycloalkyl, C6.,2 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group; and each hydrogen in R4, R5, R6 and RT is optionally substituted by R6. In a particular aspect of this embodiment, F? is hydrogen. In another particular aspect of this embodiment, R12 is hydrogen. In another particular aspect of this embodiment, R2 and R12 are hydrogen. In another embodiment, the invention provides a compound of formula Sa (Figure Removed) Rz is hydrogen, halogen. CMJ alkyl, Cz.12 alkenyl. Cz-ia alkynyl, C3.12 cycloalkyl, Cs.12 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryt, -S(O)mR4, -SO2NR4RB, -S(O)2OR4, -N02. -NR4RS, -(CR8RT)nOR4, ' -CN, -C(O)R4, -OqOjR4, -O(CR8R7)nR4, -NR4C(0)RS, -(CR6R7)nC(O)OR*, -(CRBRT)nNCR4R5, -C(=NRS)NR*RS, -NR4C(O)NRSR6, -NR4S(O)PR5 or -C(O)NR4R5, and each hydrogen in R8 is optionally substituted by R*; each R3 is independently halogen, C,.i2 alkyl, C2.,2 alkenyl, 0*12 alkynyl, Cg.12 cycloalkyl, C6.1Z aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -S(O)mR*, -SO2NR4RS, -S(O)2OR4, -NO2. -NR4R5, -(CR6R7)nOR4, -CN, -C(O)R4, -OGCC-JR4, -O(CR6R7)(CR8R7)nNR4Rs, -O(CR6R7KCR*Rr)nOa,. -0(CR8R7)nR4, -NR4C(0)RS, -(CRBR7)nC(0)OR4, -(CR8R7)nOR4, •(CR8R7)nC(O)NR4fl5, -(CR^^nNCR^R5, -CMR^NtfR5, -NR4C(O)NRsRfl, -NR4S(O)(>RS or -CfOJNF^R5, each hydrogen in R3 is optionally substituted by R8, and R3 groups on adjacent atoms may combine to 1orm a C«.i2 aryl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, CM cycloalkyl or 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic group; each R4, R5, RB and R7 is independently hydrogen, halogen, C^z alkyl, Cs.12 alkenyl, C^ alkynyl, C3.1Z cycloalkyt, Cg.12 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl; or any two of R4, R5, R6 and R7 bound to the same nitrogen atom may, together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, be combined to form a 3 to 12 membered heteroalicydic or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group optionally containing 1 to 3 additional heteroatoms selected from N. O, and S; or any two of R4, Rs, R6 and R7 bound to the same carbon atom may be combined to form a Cg.-ij cycloalkyl, Ce.12 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic or 5-12 membered heteroaryl group; and each hydrogen in R4, R5, R6 and R7 is optionally substituted by R9, or two hydrogen atoms on the same carbon atom in R4, Rs, R* and R7 Is optionally an oxo substituenl; each RB is independently halogen, Ct.i2 alkyl, CMZ alkenyl, Cj.,2 alkynyl, Cm cycloalkyl, C6.1S aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -NH2l -CM, -OH, -0-CW2 alkyl, -O-(CH2)nC3.,2 cycloalkyl, -O-(CH2)nC8.12 aryl, -O-(CHz)n(3-12 membered heteroalicyclic) or -O-(CH2}n(5-12 membered heteroaryl); and each hydrogen in R8 is optionaliy substituted by R1'; each R" is independently halogen, C,.« alkyl, 'd.,2 alkoxy, C^ cycloalkyl, CMZ aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -O-C,.,Z alkyl, -O-(CH^C^.n cycloalkyl, -O-aryl, -O-(CH2)n(3-12 membered heteroaticyclic), -O-ICH2),(5-12 membered heteroaryl) or -CN, and each hydrogen in R11 is optionally substituted by halogen, -OH, -CN, -C,.i2 alkyf which may be partially or fully halogenated, -0-CV12 alkyl which may be partially or fully halogenated, -CO, -SO or -SC^; R12 is hydrogen, halogen, C,.12 alkyl, C2.12 alkenyl, C2.12 alkynyl, Cj,i2 cycloalkyi, Cg.^ aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -S(O)mR4, -SO2NR4RS, -S(0)2OR*. -NO2, -NR4RS, •{CR^nOR", -CN, -C(O)R4, -OC(0)R4, -O(CR8R7)nR4I -NR4C(O)RS. -(CR8R7)nC(O)OR4, -(CR6R7)0NCR4RS, -C{=NRa)NR4R5, -NR4C{0)NR5R6, -NR4S(O)PR5 or -C{O)NR4R5, and each hydrogen in R12 is optionally substituted by R3; each R10 is independently halogen, CMS alkyl, Cj.12 alkenyl, C^a alkynyl, CM cycloalkyi, C^2 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -SIO^R4. -SO2NR4R5, -S(O)iOR4, -NO2l -NR4R5, -(CReR7)nOR4, -CN, -C(O)R4, -OC(0)R4, -O(CR8R7)nR4, -NR4qO)R5, -(CR9R7)nC(O)OR4, -(CRSR\OR4, -(CR6R7)nC(0)NR each n is independently 0,1,2,3 or 4; each p is independently 1 or 2; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate thereof. In another embodimel wherein: R* is hydrogen, halogen, CMS alkyl, Cs-12 alkenyl, CMS alkynyl, QMS- Cycloalkyi, Ce.i2 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -SfOUR4, -SOjNR'R5, -S(O)2OR4, -NO* -NR4RS, •(CR8R7)nOR4, -CN, -CfOJR4, -OC{O)R4, -O(CRBR7)nR4, -NR4C(0)R5, -(CR^nCtOJOR4, -(CR'R^NCRV, -C(=NR6)NR*R5, -NR4C{0)NR5R8, -NR*S(0)PR5 or -C(O)NR4R5, and 0ach hydrogen in R2 is optionally substituted by R8; R9 is halogen, Ci.12 a5kyl, C2.,2 alkenyl, Ca.12 alkynyl, Cy.tz cycloalkyi, CW2 aryi, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -S{O)mR4, -S02NR4R5, -S(O)2OR4, -NO2, -NR4R5, -(CR6R7)nOR4, -CN, -C(0)R4, -OC(0)R4,. -O{CR*R7)(CR8R7)nNR4R5, -O(CR8R7KCR6R7)nOR,, -21- -0(CRsR7)nR4, -NR4C(0)R5, -(CR6R7)nC(0)OR* -(CR9R7)nOR4, -(CR8R7)nC(O)NR4Rs, -(CR9R7)nNCR"R5, -CfcNR'ONtfR5, -NR4C(0)NR5R8, -NR4S(O)PRS or -C(0)NR4R5, each hydrogen in R3 is optionally substituted by R8, and R3 groups on adjacent atoms may combine to form a C^ aryl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, Ca.,z cycloalkyl or 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic group; each R4, R5, Re and R7 Is independently hydrogen, halogen, CH2 alkyl, C2-12 alkenyl, 0*^ alkynyl, C3 each R8 is independently halogen, CVI2 alkyl, C2-iz alkenyl, C2.12 alkynyl, Cj.12 cycloalkyl, Cg.13 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -NH2, -CN. -OH, -O-Cv^ alkyl, -O-(CHzXQj-te cycloalkyl. -O-fCH^nCa-iz aryl, -0-(CHj)n(3-12 membered heteroalicyclic) or -O-{CH2)r(5-12 membered heteroaryl); and each hydrogen in R8 is optionally substituted by R11; each R11 is independently halogen, CM2 alkyl, C,.12 alkoxy, C^ cycloalkyl, Cs-ia aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -O-d-i2 alkyl, -O-tCHjiJnCj.^ cycloalkyl, -0-(CH2)nC,j.12 aryl. -O-(CH2)n{3-12 membered heteroalicyclic), -0-(CHz)n(5-12 membered heteroaryl) or -CN, and each hydrogen in R11 is optionally substituted by halogen, -OH, -CM, -d.^ alkyl which may be partially or fully halogenated, -O-d-is alkyl which may be partially or fully halogenated, -CO, -SO or -SO-,; R12 is hydrogen, halogen, CMZ alkyl, C^ alkenyl, CMZ alkynyl, Cs.12 cyctoaikyi, C^ aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -S(0)mR4, -SO2NR4R!, -S(O)2OR4I -NOa. -NR4R5, -(CRV^OR4, -CN, -C(O)R4, -OC(O)R4, -O(CR8R7)nR4, -NR4C(O>R5, -(CH8R7)nO(O)OR4( -(CR*R7)nNCR4Rs. •C^NR'JNR'R5, -NR4C(0)NR5R8, -NR4S(O)PR5 or -C(O)NR4R5, and each hydrogen in R12 is optionally substituted by R3; each R13 is independently halogen, CMZ alkyl, C^ alkenyl, C2.12 alkynyl, Ca.,1 cycloalkyl, C^j aryi, 3-12 mernbered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -S(0)mR4, -SOaNR^5, -S(O)2OR*, -NC^, -NR4R5, -tCReR7)nOR4, -CN, -C(O)R4, -OC(0)R4, -O(CRflR7)nR4, -NR4C(O)R5, -(CR6R7)nC(O)OR4, -(CR8R7)nOR4, ^CRflR7)nC(O)NR4R5, -(CRsRT)nNCR4R5, •C{=NR6)NR4Ra, -NF^CJOJNR^8, -NR4S(0)PR5. -C(O)NR4R5, -(CR6R7)B{3-12 membered heteroalicyclic), -(CR9R7)ft(C3.18 cycloalkyl), -(CR'R7)n(C6-12 aryl), -(CR6R7)n(5-12 membered heteroaryl), -(CR6R7)nC(0)NR4Rs, or -(CR*R7)nC(O)R4t R13 groups on adjacent atoms may combine to form a Ca-iZ aryl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, Cj.12 cycloalkyl or 3-12 membered heleroallcydic group, and each hydrogen in R13 is optionally substituted by R3; each m is Independently 0,1 or 2; each n is independently 0, t, 2,3 or 4; each p is independently 1 or 2; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate thereof. In another embodiment, the invention provides a compound selected from (he group consisting of: pharmaceutically acceptable sail, solvate or hydrate thereof. ln another embodiment, the invention provides a compound selected from Ihe group consisting of: or a pharmaceutlcally acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof. (Figure Removed) In another embodiment, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising any of the compounds of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Examples of such compositions are described below. Preferred compounds of the invention include those having c-MET Inhibitory activity as defined by any one or more of IC50, Ki, or percent inhibition (%l). One skilled in the art can readily determine if a compound has such activity by carrying out the appropriate assay, and descriptions of such assays are shown in the Examples section herein. In one embodiment, particularly preferred compounds have a c-MET Ki of less than 5 uM or less than 2 uM, or less than 1 uM, or less than 500 nM or less than 200 nM or less than 100 nM. In another embodiment, particularly preferred compounds have a c-MET inhibition at 1 uM of at least 10% or at least 20% or at least 30% or at least 40% or at least 50% or at least 60% or at least 70% or at least 60% or at least 90%. Methods for measuring c-MET/HGFR activity are described in the Examples herein. In anofrier embodiment, the Invention provides a method of treating abnormal ceH growth in a mammal, including a human, the method comprising administering to the mammal any of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention. In a specific embodiment of any of the inventive methods described herein, the abnormal cell growth is cancer, including, but not limited to, lung cancer, bone cancer, pancreatic cancer, skin cancer, cancer of the head or neck, cutaneous or Intraocular melanoma, uterine cancer, ovarian cancer, rectal cancer, cancer of the anal region, stomach cancer, colon cancer, breast cancer, uterine cancer, carcinoma of the fallopian tubes, carcinoma of the endomelrium, carcinoma of the cervix, carcinoma of the vagina, carcinoma of the vulva, Hodgkin's Disease, cancer of the esophagus, cancer of the small intestine, cancer of the endocrine system, cancer of the thyroid gland, cancer of the parathyroid gland, cancer of the adrenal gland, sarcoma of soft tissue, cancer of the urethra, cancer of the penis, prostate cancer, chronic or acute leukemia, lymphocytic lymphomas, cancer of the bladder, cancer of the kidney or ureter, renal cell carcinoma, carcinoma of the renal pelvis, neoplasms of the central nervous system (CMS), primary CNS lymphoma, spinal axis tumors., brain stem glioma, pituitary adenoma, or a combination of one or more of the foregoing cancers. In another embodiment of said method, said abnormal cell growth is a benign proliferative disease, Including, but not limited to, psoriasis, benign prostatic hypertrophy or restinosis. In another embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating an HGFR mediated disorder in a mammal, including a human, the method comprising administering to the mammal any of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention. In further specific embodiments of any of the inventive methods described herein, the method further comprises administering to the mammal an amount of one or more substances selected from anti-tumor agents, anti-angiogenesis agents, signal transductlon inhibitors, and antiproliferatlve agents, which amounts are together effective in treating said abnormal cell growth. Such substances Include those disclosed in PCT Publication Nos. WO 00/38715. WO 00/38716. WO 00/38717, WO 00/38718. WO 00/38719, WO 00/38730, WO 00/38665, WO 00/37107 and WO 00/38786, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. Examples of anti-tumor agents include mftotic Inhibitors, for example vinca alkaloid derivatives such as vinblastine vinorelbine, vindescine and vincristine; cdchine's allochochine, halichondrine, N- benzoyttrimethyl-methyl ether colchicinic acid, dolastatin 10, maystansine, rhizoxine, taxanes such as taxol (paclitaxel), docetaxel (Taxotere), 2'-N-[3-(dimethylam!no)propyi]glutaramate (taxol derivative), thiocholchfcine, trityl cysleine, teniposWe, methotrexate, azathfoprine, fluoeouricfl. cytodne arabinoside, 2*2'- difluorodeoxycytidine (gemcitabine), adriamycin and mitamydn. Alkylating agents, for example cis-platin, carboplatin oxiplatin, iproplatin, Ethyl ester of N-acetyl-DL-sarcosyl-L-leucine (Asaley or Asalex), 1,4- cydohexadiene-1,4-dicafbamic acid, 2,5 -bis(1-azirdiny!)-3,6-dioxo-, diethyl ester (diaziquone), 1,4- bis(methanesulfonyloxy)butane (bisulfan or leucosulfan) chlorozotocin, .domesone, cyanomorpholinodoxorubicin, cyclodisone, dianhydroglactitol, lluorodopan, hepsulfam, mHomycin C, hycantheonemitomycin C, mitozolamide, 1-(2-chloroe«hyl)-4-(3-chloropropyl)-piperaz[ne dihydrochloride, p'perazinedione, pipobroman, porfiromycin, spirohydantoin mustard, teroxirone, tetraplatin, thiotepa, triethylenemelamine, uracil nitrogen mustard, bis(3-mesyloxypropyl)amine hydrochlorlde, mitomycin, nitrosoureas agents such as cyclohexyl-chloroethylrttrosoureaj methylcyclohexyl-chloroethylnitrosourea 1- (2-chtoroethyl)-3K2,6-dioxo-3-plperidyl)-1-nltroso-urea. bls(2-chloroethyl)nitrosourea, . procarbazine, dacarbazine, nitrogen mustard-related compounds such as mechloroethamine, cyctaphosphamide, ifosamlde, melphalan. chlorambudl, estramustine sodium phosphate, strptozoin, and temozotamide. DNA anti-metabolites, for example 5-fluorouracil, cytosine arabinoside, hydroxyurea, 2-[(3hydroxy-2- pyrinadinyl)methylene]-hydrazinecarbothioamide, deoxyfluorouridine, 5-hydroxy-2-formylpyrldine thiosemicarbazone, alpha-2'-deoxy-6-thioguanosine, aphidicolin glycinate, 5-azadeoxycylidine, beta-thioguanine deoxyriboside, cyclocytidine, guanazole, inosine glycodialdehyde, macbecin II, pyrazolimidazole, cladribine, pentostatin, thioguanine, mercaptopurine, bleomycin. 2-chlorodeoxyadenosine, inhibitors of thymidylate synthase such as ra'ltitrexed and pemetrexed dlsodium, clofarabine. floxuridine and fludarabine. DNA/RNA antimetabolites, for example,, L-alanosine, 5-azacytidine, acMcin, aminopterin and derivatives thereof such as N-[2-chloro-5-[[(2, 4-diamino-5-methyl-6-quinazolinyl)methyl]amino]benzovl]-L-aspartic acid. N-[4-[[(2.4-diamino-5-ethyl-6-quinazo!inyl)methyl]amino]benzoyl]-L-aspartic acid, N -{2-chloro-4-(I{2, 4-diaminopteridinyl)methyl]amino]benzoyl]-L-aspartic acid, soluble Baker's antifol, dichtoroallyl lawsone, brequinar, ftoraf, dihydro-5-azacytidine, methotrexate, N-(phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic aclcf tetrasodium salt, pyrazofuran, trimetrexate, plicamycin, actinomycin D, crypiophycin, and analogs such as cryptophydn-52 or, for example, one of the preferred anti-metabolites disclosed in European Patent Application No. 239362 such as N-(5-rjN-(3,4-o1hydro-2-methyl-4-oxoquinazolln-6-ylrnethyl)-N-rnethylaminol- 2-lhenoyl)-L-glutamic acid; growth factor inhibitors; cell cycle inhibitors; intercalating antibiotics, for example adriamydn and bleomycfn; proteins, for example interferon; and anti-hormones, for example anti-estrogens such as NotvadexD (tamoxifen) or, for example arrti-androgsns such as Casodex™ (4'-cyano-3-(4-fluorophenylsu[phc»iyl)-2-hydroxy-2-rTiethyl-3'-(trifluonjrnetr»yl)propionariilide). Such conjoint treatment may be achieved by way of the simultaneous, sequential or separate dosing of the Individual components of the treatment Antl-angiogenesis agents include MMP-2 (matrix-metalloprotienase 2) inhibitors. MMP-9 (matrix-metailoproOenase 9) Inhibitors, and COX-ll (cyclooxygenase 11} inhibitors. Examples of useful COX-tl inhibitors include CELEBREX™ (alecoxib), valdecoxib, and rofecoxfb. Examples of useful matrix metafloproteinase inhibitors are described In WO 96/33172 (published October 24, 1996), WO 96/27583 (published March 7, 1996), European Patent Application No. 97304971.1 (filed July 8, 1997), European Paten; Application No. 99308617.2 (filed October 29, 1999), WO 98X17697 (published February 26, 1998), WO 98/03516 (published January 29, 1998), WO 98/34918 (published August 13, 1998), WO 98/34915 (published August 13,1998). WO 98/33768 (published August 6,1998), WO 98/30566 (published July 16, 1998), European Patent Publication 606,046 (published July 13, 1994), European Patent Publication 931,788 (published July 28, 1999), WO 90/05719 (published May 331, 1990), WO 99/52910 (published October 21.1999), WO 99/52889 (published October 21,1999}. WO 99/29637 (published June 17, 1999), PCT International Application No. PCT/IB98/01113 (filed July 21. 1998), European Patent Application No. 99302232.1 (filed March 25,1999), Great Britain patent application number 9912961.1 (filed June 3, 1999), United States Provisional Application No. 60/148,464 (filed August 12, 1999), United States Patent 5,863,949 (issued January 26, 1999), United States Patent 5,861,510 (issued January 19, 1999), and European Patent Publication 780,386 (published Jura 25, 1997), an of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. Preferred MMP-2 and MMP-9 inhibitors are those that have little or no activity inhibiting MMP-1. More preferred, are those that selectively inhibit MMP-2 and/or MMP-9 relative to the other matrix-metaitoproteinases (i,e. MMP-1, MMP-3, MMP-4, MMP-5. MMP-6, MMP-7, MMP-8, MMP-10. MMP-11, MMP-12, and MMP-13). Examples of MMP inhibitors include AG-3340, RO 32-3555, RS 13-0830, and the following compounds: 3^[4r(4-fiuoro-phenoxy)-benzenesullonyi]-(1-hydroxycarbarrioyJ-cyclopentyl)-amino3- proplonte acid; 3-exo-3-[4-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-benzenesulfonylamino]-8-oxa-bicyclo[3.2.1 ]octane-3-carboxyfie acid hydroxyamide; (2R, 3R) 1-[4-(2-ch1oro-4-fluoro-benzy!oxy)-ben2enesulfonyl)-3-hydroxy-3-methyi-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide; 4-[4-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-benzenesulfonylamino]-1etrahydro-pyran-4-carboxyllc acid hydroxyamide; 3-Q4-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-benzene8uffonylH1-hydroxycarbamoyl-cyclobutyl)-amino]-propionic acid; 4-[4-(4*chloro-phdnoxy)-benzenesulfonylamino]-leirahydro-pyran-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide; 3-I4-(4-chloro-phenoxy)-benzenesulfonylamino]-tetrahydro-pyran-3-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide; (2R, 3R) 1-[4-(4-fluoro-2-methyl-benzyloxy)-benzenesutfonyO-3-hydroxy"3-methyf-pfperidine-2-cafboxylic acid hydroxyamide; 3-[[4-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-benzenesulfonyiHI -hydroxycarbamoyM -methvl-ethyl)-amino)-propionic acid; 3-[[4-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-benzenesuHonylH4-hydroxycarbamoyl-tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-amino]-proptonicacld; 3-exo-3-[4-(4-chloro-pnenoxy)'benzenesulfonylamino]-8-oxa-bicyclo[3.2.1}octane-3-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide; 3-endo-3-[4-{4- 3-[4-(4-lluoro-phenoxy)-benz&nesulfonylamino]-tatrahydro-furan-3-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide; and-pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and hydrates thereof. Examples of signal transduction inhibitors include agents that can inhibit EGFR (epidermal growth factor receptor) responses, such as EGFR antibodies, EGF antibodies, and molecules that are EQFR inhibitors; VEGF (vascular endothelial growth factor) inhibitors; and erbB2 receptor inhibitors, such as organic molecules or antibodies that bind to the erbB2 receptor; for example, HERCEPTIN™ (Genentech, Inc. of South San Francisco, California, USA). EGFR inhibitors are described in. tor example in WO 95/19970 (published July 27,1995), WO 98/14451 (published April 9, 1998), WO 98/02434 (published January 22, 1998), and United States Patent 5,747,498 (issued May 5,1998). EGFR-inhibiting agents include, but are not limited to, the monoclonal antibodies C225 and antt-EGFR 22Mab (ImClone Systems Incorporated of New York, New York, USA), the compounds ZD-1839 (AstraZeneca), BIBX-1382 (Boehrlnger Ingelheim), MDX-447 (Medarex Inc. of Annandale. New Jersey, USA), and OLX-103 (Merck & Co. of Whitehouse Station, New Jersey, USA), VRCTC-310 (Ventech Research) and EGF fusion toxin (Seragen Inc. of Hopkinton, Massachusetts). VEGF inhibitors, for example SU-5416 and SU-6668 (Sugen Inc. of South San Francisco, • California, USA), can also be combined or co-administered with the composition. VEGF inhibitors are described in, for example in WO 99/24440 (published May 20, 1999), PCT International Application PCT/IB99/00797 (filed May 3, 1999), In WO 95/21613 (published August 17, 1995), WO 99/61422 (published December 2,1999), United States Patent 5.834,504 (issued November 10,1998), WO 98/50356 (published November 12, 1998), United States Patent 5,883,113 (issued March 16, 1999), United States Patent 5,886,020 (Issued March 23,1999), United States Patent 5,792,783 (issued August 11,1998), WO 99/10349 (published March 4, 1999), WO 97/32856 (published September 12, 1997), WO 97/22596 (published June 26,1997), WO 98/54093 (published December 3,1998), WO 98/02438 (published January 22, 1998), WO 99/16755 (published April 8.1999), and WO 68/02437 (published January 22,1998), all of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. Other examples of some specific VEGF inhibitors are IM862 (Cytran Inc. of Klrkland, Washington, USA); anti-VEGF monoclonal antibody bevacizumab (Genentech, inc. of South San Francisco, California); and angiozyme. a synthetic ribozyme from Ribozyme (Boulder, Colorado) and Chiron (Emeryville, California). ErbB2 receptor inhibitors, such as GW-282974 (Glaxo Welcome pic), and the monoclonal antibodies AR-209 (Aronex Pharmaceuticals Inc. of The Woodlands. Texas, USA) and 2B-1 (Chiron), may be administered in combination with the composition. Such erbB2 inhibitors Include those described in WO 98/02434 (published January 22, 1998), WO 99/35146 (published July 15, 1999), WO 99/35132 (published July 15,1999), WO 98/02437 (published January 22,1998), WO 97/13760 (published April 17, 1997), WO 95/19970 (published July 27, 1995), United States Patent 5,587,458 (Issued December 24, 1996), and United States Patent 5,877,305 (issued March 2,1999), each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirely. ErbB2 receptor inhibitors useful in the present invention are also described in United States Provisional Application No. 607117,341, filed January 27, 1999, and In United States Provisional Application No. 60/117,346, filed January 27,1999, both of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. Other antiproliferative agents that may be used include inhibitors of the enzyme famesyl protein transferase and Inhibitors of the receptor tyrosine Wnase PDGFr, including the compounds disclosed and claimed in the following United States patent applications: 09/221946 (filed December 28, 1998); 09/454058 (filed December 2, 1999); 09/501163 (filed February 9, 2000); 09/539930 (filed March 31, 2DOO); 09/202796 (filed May 22, 1997); 09/384339 (filed August 26, 1999); and 09/383755 (filed August 2B, 1999); and the compounds disclosed and claimed in the following United States provisional patent applications: 60/168207 (filed November 30, 1999); 60/170119 (filed December 10, 1999); 60/177718 (filed January 21,2000); 60/168217 (filed November 30,1999), and 60/200834 (filed May 1,2000). Each of the foregoing patent applications and provisional patent applications is herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. Compositions of the invention can also be used with other agents useful in treating abnormal cell growth or cancer, including, but not limited to, agents capable of enhancing antltumor immune responses, such as CTLA4 (cytotoxic rymphocite antigen 4) antibodies, and other agents capable of blocking CTLA4; and anti-proliferative agents such as other famesyl protein transferase Inhibitors. Specific CTLA4 antibodies that can be used In the present invention include those described in United States Provisional Application 60/113,647 (filed December 23,1998) which is herein incorporated by reference In its entirety. Definitions Unless otherwise stated, the following terms used In the specification and claims have the meanings discussed below. Variables defined in this section, such as R, X, n and the like, are for reference within this section only, and are not meant to have (he save meaning as may be used outside of this definitions section. Further, many of the groups defined herein can be optionally substituted. The listing in this definitions section of typical subslituents is exemplary and is not intended to limit the substituents defined elsewhere within this specification and claims. "Alky!" refers to a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon radical Including straight chain and branched chain groups of 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms. "Lower alkyf refers specifically to an alky) group with 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, 2-propyl, n-butyl, feo-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, and the like. Alkyl may be substituted or unsubstituled. Typical substituent groups Include cycloalkyi, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicycllc, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, mercapto, alkytthio, arylthio, cyano, halo, carbonyl, thiocarbonvl, Ocarbamyt, N-carbamyl, O-thlocarbamyl, N-thiocarbamyl. C-amldo, . N-amido, C-carboxy, 0-carboxy, nitro, silyi, amino and -NR*Ry, where R" and Ry are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyi, aryl, carbonyl, acetyl, sutlonyl, trHluoromethanesulfonyl and, combined, a five- or six-member heteroalicyclic ring. "Cycloalkyi* refers to a 3 to 8 member all-carbon monocydic ring, an all-carbon 5-member/6-member or 6-member/6-member fused bicyciic ring, or a multicyclic fused ring (a "fused" ring system means thai each ring in the system shares an adjacent pair of carbon atoms with each other ring in the system) group wherein one or more of the rings may contain one or more double bonds but none of the rings has a completely conjugated pi-electron system. Examples, without limitation, of cycloalkyi groups are cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclopentene, cyclohexane, cyclohexadiene, adamantane, cycloheptane, cycloheptatriene, and the like. A cycloalkyi group may be substituted or unsubstituted. Typical substituent groups include alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclic, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio. cyano, halo, carbonyl, tniocarbonyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, O-carbamyl, N- carbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, nitrd, amino and -NR*R*, with Rx and Ry as defined above. Illustrative examples of cyctoalkyl are derived from, but not limited to, the following: (Figure Removed) "Alkenyl" refers to an alkyl group, as defined herein, consisting of at least two carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Representative examples Include, but are not limited to, elhenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 1-, 2-, or 3-butenyl, and the like. 'Alkynyi' refers to an alkyl group, as defined herein, consisting of at least two carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. Representative examples include, but are nol limited to, ethynyt, 1-propyriyl, 2-prcpynyl, 1-, 2-, or 3-butynyl, and the like. "Aryl" refers to an all-carbon morvocyctic or fused-ring polycyclic groups of 6 to 12 carbon atoms having a completely conjugated pi-electron system. Examples, without limitation, of aryl groups are phenyl, naphthalenyl and anthracenyl. The aryl group may be substituted or unsubstituted. Typical substituenls include halo, trihalomethyl, alkyl, hydroxy, aPcoxy, aryfoxy, mercaplo. alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, nitro, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N-thiocarbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, sulfinyl, sutfonyl, amino and -NR*Ry, with R* and Ry as defined above. "Heteroaryl" refers to a monocydic or fused ring group of 5 to 12 ring atoms containing one, two, three or-four ring heteroatorrjs selected from N, O, and S, the remaining ring atoms being C, and, in addition, having a completely conjugated pi-electron system. Examples, without limitation, of unsubstituted heteroaryl groups are pyrrole, furan, thfophene, imidazole, oxazote, thiazote, pyrazole, pyridine, pyr'midine, quinbline, isoquinoSne, purine, tetrazole, triazine, and carfaazofe. The heteroaryl group may be • substituted or unsubstituted. Typical substltuents Include alkyl, cycJoalkyS, halo, trihalomethyi, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, nitro, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonamido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, sulfinyf, sulfonyl, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl. O-thfocarbamyl, N-thtocarbamyl, C-amldo, N-amido, amino and-NR*Ry with R* and ff as defined above. A pharmaceutically acceptable heteroaryl is one that is sufficiently stable to be attached to a compound of the invention, formulated into a pharmaceutical comoosition and subsequently administered to a patient in need thereof. Examples of typical monocyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited .to:, as defined herein. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, phenoxy, pyridinyloxy, furanyloxy, thienyloxy, pyrimidinyloxy, pyrazlnyloxy, and (he like, and derivatives thereof. *Mercapto" refers to an -SH group! •Alkylthio" refers to an -S-(alkyl) or an -S-(unsubstituted cycloalkyl) group. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methylthio, ethylthio, propyltrno, butylthio, cyclopropytthlo, cyclobutylthlo, cydopentylthlo, cyclohexylthio, and the like. "Arylthlo" refers to an -S-aryl or an -S-heteroaryl group, as defined herein. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, phenytthio, pyridinylthio, furanylthio, thlenylthio, pyrimidinylthio, and the like and derivatives thereof. "Acyl" or "carbonyl" refers to a -C(O)R" group, where R" is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, trihalomethyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, aryl optionally substituted with one or more, preferably one, two, or three substituents selected from (he group consisting of lower alkyl, trihalomethyl, lower alkoxy, halo and -NR"Ry groups, heteroaryl (bonded through a ring carbon) optionally substituted with one or more, preferably one, two, or three substituted selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, trihaloalkyl, lower atkoxy, halo and -NRxRy groups and heteroalicyclic {bonded through a ring carbon) optionally substituted with one or more, preferably one, two, or three substituents selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, trihaloalkyl, lower alkoxy, halo and -NR*Ry groups. Representative acyl groups include, but are not limited to, acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, benzoyl, and the like "Aldehyde* refers to an acyl group in which R" is hydrogen. "ThioacyT or "thlocarbonyf refers to a -C(SJR" group, with R" as defined above. A "ihiocarbonyl" group refers to a -C(S)fl" group, with R" as defined above. A "C-carboxy" group refers to a -C(Q)OR" group, with R' as defined above. An "O-carboxy" group refers to a -OC(O)R* group, with R" as defined above. "Ester" refers to a -C(O)OR" group with R" as defined herein except that R" cannot be hydrogen. "AoetyF group refers to a -C(O)CH3 group. "Halo* group refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine, preferably fluorine or chlorine. "Trihalomethyl" group refers to a methyl group having three halo subslituents, such as a trifiuoromethyl group. • • • "Cyano" refers to a -CsN group, A "sulfiny!" group refers to a -S(0)R" group wherein, in addition to being as defined above, R* may also be a fiydroxy group. A "sulfonyl" group refers to a -S(0)2R" group wherein, in addition to being as defined above, R' may also be a hydroxy group. 'S-sulfonamido' refers to a -S{O)2NiW group, with R" and Ry as defined above. "N-suffonamido" refers to a -NRltS(OkR/ group, with R* ano* Ry as defined above. 'O-carbamyr group refers to a •OCfOJNR'W group with RK and Ry as defined above. •N-carb'amyl* refers to an R"OC(O)NR1[-group, with R* and Ry as defined above. •O-thiocarbamyl" refers to a -OC(S)NR"CRY group with R* and R* as defined above. "N-thlocarbamyl" refers to a RyOC(S)r4R"- group, with Ry and R* as defined above. "Amino" refers to an -NR"Ry group, wherein R* and R* are both hydrogen. "C-emido" refers to a -C(O)NR*R1' group with R* and Ry as defined above. "N-amido" refers to a R*C(0)NRy- group, wftri R" and R* as defined above. *Nitro* refers to a -NOs group. 'HaloalkyT means an alky), preferably tower alkyl, .that Is substituted with one or more same or different halo atoms, e.g., -CHiCI. -CF3, -CHZCF3, -CH^Cta, and the like. "HydroxyalkyT means an alkyl, preferably lower alkyl, that is substituted with one, two, or three hydroxy groups; e.g., bydroxymethyl, 1 or 2-hydroxyelhyl, 1,2-, 1,3-, or 2,3-dihydroxypropyl, and the like. •Aralkyl" means alkyl, preferably lower alkyl, that Is substituted with an aryl group as defined above; e.g., -CH^henyl, -(CH^jphenyl, -(CHg)3phenytI CH3CH(CH3)CHzphanvl,and the like and derivatives thereof. "Heteroaralkyl" group means alkyl, preferably lower alkyl, thai is substituted with a heteroaryi group; e.g., ^CHzpyridinyl, -(CHz)zpyrimidinyl, -(CHzWmidazolyl, and the like, and derivatives thereof. •Monoa!kylamino" means a radical -NHR where R is an alkyl or unsubstitutad cycloalkyl group; e.g., methytamino, {1-methylethyl)amino, cyclohexylamino, and the like. 'Dialkylamino' means a radical «NRR where each R is independently an alkyl or unsubstituted cydoalkyl group; dimethylamino, dlethylamino, (l-melhylethyJJ-ethylamino, cydohexylmelhylamlno, cyclopentylmethylamino, and the like. "Optional" or "opttonallv1 means that the subsequently described event or circumstance may but need not occur, and that the description Includes instances where the event or circumstance occurs and instances in which it does not. For example, "heterocycle group optionally substituted with an alkyl group" means Ihat the alkyl may but need not be present, and the description includes situations where the heterocycle group is substituted with an alkyt group and situations where the heterocycle grotp is not substituted with the alkyl group. A "pharmaceutical composition" refers to a mixture of one or more of the compounds described herein, or physiologlcalty/pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, hydrates or prodrugs thereof, with other chemical components, such as physiotogically/pharmaoeutically acceptable carriers and excipients. The purpose of a pharmaceutical composition is to facilitate administration of a compound to an organism. As used herein, a "prrysiologically/pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" refers to a carrier or diluent that does not cause significant irritation to an organism and does not abrogate the biological activity and properties oi the administered compound. A "pharmaceutically acceptable excipient' refers to an inert substance added to a pharmaceutical' composition to further facilitate administration of a compound Examples, without limitation, of excipients include calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, various sugars and types of starch, cellulose derivatives, gelatin, vegetable oils and polyethylene glycols. As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the parent compound. Such salts include: (i) acid addition salts, which can be obtained by reaction of the free base of the parent compound with inorganic adds such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic add, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, and perchloric acid and the like, or with organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic add, (D) or (L) mafic add, maleic acid, methanesuifonlc acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid, tartaric. acid, citric acid, succinic add or maJonic acid and the Eke; or " "PK" refers to receptor protein tyrosine kinase (RTKs), non-receptor or "cellular* tyrosine kinase (CTKs) and serine-threonine kinases (STKs). "Modulation" or "modulating' refers to the alteration of me catalytic activity of RTKs, CTKs and STKs. In particular, modulating refers to the activation of the catalytic activity of RTKs, CTKs and STKs, preferably the activation or inhibition of the catalytic activity of RTKs. CTKs and STKs, depending on the concentration of the compound or salt to which the RTK, CTK or STK is exposed or, more preferably, the inhibition of the catalytic activity of RTKs, CTKs and STKs. "Catalytic activity* refers to the rate of phosphorylatlon of tyrosine under the influence, direct or indirect, of RTKs and/or CTKs or the phosphorylatton of serins and threonine under the influence, direct or Indirect, of STKs. "Contacting" refers to bringing a compound of this invention and a target PK together in such a manner that the compound can affect the catalytic activity of the PK, either directly, i.e., by interacting with the Wnase Itself, or Indirectly, i.e.. by interacting wJth another molecule on which the catalytic activity of the kinase is dependent. Such 'contacting* can be accomplished "in vitro" i.e., In a test tube, a petrf dish or the like. In a test tube, contacting may involve only a compound and a PK of interest or it may involve whole cells. Cells may also be maintained or grown in cell culture dishes and contacted with a compound In that environment, in this context, the ability of a particular compound to affect a PK reiatea aisoruer, i.e., the tCsa of the compound, defined below, can be determined before use of the compounds in vivo with more complex living organisms is attempted. For cells outside the organism, multiple methods exist, and are well-known to those skilled in the art, to get the PKs in contact with the compounds including, but not limited to, direct cell microinjectfon and numerous transmembrane carrier techniques. "In vitro" refers1 to procedures performed in an artificial environment such as, e.g., without limitation, in a test tube or culture medium. "in vtVo" refers to procedures performed within a living organism such, as,-without limitation, a mouse, rat or rabbit. . • "PK related disorder," "PK driven disorder," and "abnormal >K activity" all refer to a condition characterized by inappropriate, I.e., under or, more commonly, over, PK catalytic activity, where* (he particular PK can be an RTK, a CTK or an STK. Inappropriate catalytic activity can arise as the result of either: (1) PK expression in cells which normally do not express PKs, (2) increased PK expression leading to unwanted cell proliferation, differentiation and/or growth, or, (3) decreased PK expression leading to unwanted reductions in cell proliferation, differentiation and/or growth. Over-activity of a PK refers to either amplification of the gene- encoding a particular PK or production of a level of PK activity which can correlate with a cell proliferation, differentiation and/or growth disorder (that is, as the level of the PK increases, ihe severity of one or more of the symptoms of the cellular disorder increases). Under-activlty Is, of course, the converse, wherein the severity of one or more symptoms of a cellular disorder increase as the level of the PK activity decreases. "Treat", "treating* and "treatment" refer to a method of alleviating or abrogating a PK mediated cellular disorder and/or its attendant symptoms. With regard particularly to cancer, these terms simply mean that the life expectancy of an individual affected with a cancer will be increased or that one or more of the symptoms of trie disease will be reduced. "Organism" refers to any living entity comprised of at least one cell. A living organism can be as simple as, for example, a single eukartotjc cell or as complex as a mammal, including a human being. "Therapeuttcally effective amount" refers to that amount of the compound being administered which will relieve to some extent one or more of the symptoms of the disorder being treated. In reference to the treatment of cancer, & therapeutlcally effective, amount refers to that amount which has at least one of the following effects: • • (1) reducing the size of the tumor; (2) inhibiting (that Is, slowing to some extent, preferably slopping) tumor metastasis; • (3) inhibiting to some extent (that is, slowing to some extent, preferably stopping) tumor growth, and (4) relieving to some extent (or, preferably, eliminating) one.or more symptoms associated wilh the cancer. . ..•••' "Monitoring" means observing or detecting the .effect of contacting a compound wilh a cell expressing a particular-PK. The observed or detected effect can be a change in ceif phenotype, In the catalytic activity of a PK or a change in the interaction of a PK with a natural binding partner. Techniques for observing or detecting such effects are well-known in the art. The effect is selected from a change or an absence of change in a cell phenotype, a change or absence of change tn the catalytic activity of said proteirt kingse or a change or absence of change in the interaction of said protein Wnase with a natural binding partner in a final aspect of this invention. "Cell phenotype' refers to the outward appearance of a cell or tissue or the biological function of the cell or tissue. Examples, without limitation, of a cell phenotype are eel) size, cell growth, cell proliferation, cell differentiation, celt survival, apoptosls, and nutrient uptake and use. Such phenotypic characteristics are measurable by techniques well-known in the art. "Natural binding partner" refers lo a polypeptide that binds to a particular PK in a cell. Natural binding partners can play a role in propagating a signal in a PR-mediated signal transduction process. A change in the Interaction of the natural binding partner with the PK can manifest itself as an increased or decreased concentration of the PK/natural binding partner complex and, as a result, in an observable change in the ability of the PK to mediate signal transduction. As used herein, the terms "optically pure," "enantiomericaily pure,' "pure enantiomer," and 'optically pure enantiomer" mean a composition that comprises one enantiomer of a compound and is substantially free of the opposite enantiomer of the compound A typical optically pure compound comprises greater than about 80% by weigh! of one enantiomer of the compound and less than about 20% by weight o1 the opposite enantiomer of the compound, more preferably greater than about 90% by weight of one enantiomer of the compound and less than about 10% by weight of the opposite enantiomer of the compound, even more preferably greater than about 95% by weight of one enantiomer of the compound and less than about 5% by weight of the opposite enantiomer of the compound, and most preferably greater than about 97% by weight of one enantiomer of the compound and less than about 3% by weight of the opposite enantiomar of the compound. Detailed Description General schemes for synthesizing the compounds of the invention can be found in the Examples section herein. Unless indicated otherwise, all references herein to the inventive compounds Include references lo salts, sorvates, hydrates and complexes thereof, and to sorvates, hydrates and complexes of salts thereof, including polymorphs, atereoisomers, and isotopicaBy labeled versions thereof. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include add addition and base salts (including disalls). Suitable add addition salts are formed from acids which form non-toxic salts. Examples include the acetate, aspartate, benzoate, besylate, bicarbonate/carbonate, bisulphaie/sulfate, borate, camsyfate, citrate, ecfisytate, esylate, formate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glucuronate, hexafluorophosphate, hibenzate, hydrochioride/chloride, hydrobromide/bromlde, hydroiodide/iodide, isethionate, lactate, malate, maleate, matonate, mesylate, methylsulfata, napnthylate, 2-napsylate, nicotinate, nitrate, orotate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, phosphate/hydrogen phosphate/dlhydrogen phosphate, saccharate, stearate, succinate, tartrate. tosylate and irrfluoroacetate salts. Suitable base salts are formed from bases which form non-toxic salts. Examples include the aluminum, arginine, benzathine, calcium, choline, dielhylamine, diolamirte, glycine, lystne, magnesium, megtumine, olamine, potassium, sodium, tromethamtne and zinc salts. For a review on suitable salts, see 'Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts; Properties, Selection, and Use" by Stahl and Wermuth (Wiley-VCH, Weinhslm, Germany, 2002), the disclosure of which is Incorporated herein by reference in Its entirety. A pharmaeeuttcally acceptable sail of the inventive compounds can be readily prepared by mixing together solutions of the compound and the desired acid or base, as appropriate. The sait may precipitate from solution and be collected by filtration or may be recovered by evaporation of the solvent The degree of fonization in the salt may vary from completely ionized to almost non-ionized. The compounds of the invention may exist in both unsolvated and solvated forms. The term 'solvate' is used herein to describe a molecular complex comprising the compound of the Invention and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable solvent molecules, for example, ethanol. The term 'hydrate' is employed when the solvent is water. Pharmaceutically acceptable solvates in accordance with the invention Include hydrates and solvates wherein the solvent of crystallization may be isotopicaliy substituted, e.g, DzO, de-acetone, d6-DMSO. • Also included within the scope of the invention are complexes such as clathrates, drug-host inclusion complexes wherein, in contrast to the aforementioned solvates, the drug and host are present in stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amounts. Also included are complexes of the drug containing two or more organic and/or Inorganic components which may be in stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amounts. The resulting complexes may be ionized, partially ionized, or non-Ionized. For a review of such complexes, see J Pharm Scl, 64 (8), 1269-1288 by Halebllan (August 1975), the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Also within the scope of the invention are polymoiphs, prodrugs, and isomers (including optical, geometric and tautomeric isomers} of the inventive compounds Derivatives of compounds of the invention which may have little or no pharmacological activity themselves but can, when administered to a patient, be converted into the Inventive compounds, for example, by hydrolytlc cleavage. Such derivatives are referred to as 'prodrugs1. Further information on the use of prodrugs may be found in 'Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, Vol. 14, ACS Symposium Series (T Higuchi and W Stella) and Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design', Pergamon Press, 1987 (ed. E B Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association}, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. Prodrugs in accordance with the invention can, for example, be produced by replacing appropriate functionalities present in the inventive compounds with certain moieties known to those skilled in the art as "pro-moieties' as described, for example, in "Design of Prodrugs' by H Bundgaard {Qsevier, 1985), the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Some examples of prodrugs In accordance with the invention include: (i) where the compound contains a carboxyllc acid functionality (-COOH), an ester thereof, for example, replacement of the hydrogen with (C rCe)alkyl; (ID where the compound contains an alcohol functionality (-OH), an ether thereof, for example, .replacement of the hydrogen with (Ci-C6)aHcanoyloxymethyl; and (iii) where the compound contains a primary or secondary amino functionality (-NH2 or -NHR where R # H}, an amide thereof, for example, replacement of one or both hydrogens with (Cr C10)alkanoyl. Further examples of replacement groups in accordance'with the foregoing examples and examples of other prodrug types may be found in the aforementioned references. Finalty, certain inventive compounds may themselves act as prodrugs of other of the inventive compounds. Compounds of the invention containing one or more asymmetric carbon atoms can exist as two or more stereoisomers. Where a compound of the invention contains an alkenyt or alkenylene group, geometric cis/lrans (or Z/E) isomers are possible. Where the compound contains, for example, a keto or oxime group or an aromatic moiety, tautomeric isomerism ('tautomerism') can occur. A single compound may exhibit more than one type of isomerism. Included within the scope of the invention are all stereoisomers,. geometric isomers and tautomeric forms of (he inventive compounds, including compounds exhibiting more than one type of Isomerism, and mixtures oi one or more thereof. Also included are acid addition or base salts wherein the counterion is optically active, for example, D-lactate or L-lysine, or racemic, for example, DL-tartrate or DL-arginine. Cis/trans isomers may be separated by conventional techniques well known to those skilled In the art, (or example, chromatography and fractional crystallization. Conventional techniques for the preparation/isolation of individual enantiomers Include chiral synthesis from a suitable optically pure precursor or resolution of the racemate (or the racemale of a sail or derivative) using, for example, chiral high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC). Alternatively, the racemate (or a racemic precursor) may be reacted with a suitable optically active compound, for example, an alcohol, or, fn the case where the compound contains an acidic or basic moiety, an acid or base such as tartaric acid or 1-phenylemylamine. The resulting dlasteroomeric mixture may be separated by chromatography and/or fractional crystallization and one or both of the diastereoisomers converted to the corresponding pure enantiomer(s) by means well known to one skilled in the art. Chirat compounds of the invention (and chiral precursors thereof) may be obtained In enantiomerically-enrlched form using chromatography, typically HPLC, on an asymmetric resin with a mobile phase consisting of a hydrocarbon, typically heptane or hexane, containing from 0 to 50% isopropanol, typically from Z to 20%, and from 6 to 5% of an alkylamine, typically 0.1% diethylamine. Concentration of the eluate affords the enriched mixture. Stereoisomeric conglomerates may be separated by conventional techniques known to those skilled In the art; see, for example, "Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds' by E L Efiel (Wiley. New York, 1994), the disclosure of which is Incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. The invention also includes isotoplcally-tabeled compounds of the Invention, wherein one or more atoms is replaced by an atom having the same atomic number, but an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes suitable for inclusion in the compounds of the Invention Include isotopes of hydrogen, such as 2H and 3H, carbon, such as nC, iaC and '*C, chlorine, such as 36CI, fluorine, such as 1SF. iodine, such as 123I and 1MI, nitrogen, such as I3N and 15N. oxygen, such as 15O, "o and 18O, phosphorus, such as **P, and suffur. such as MS. Certain isotopically-labeled compounds of the invention, for example, those incorporating a radioactive isotope, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution studies. The radioactive isotopes tritium, 3H, and carbon-14,14C, are particularly useful for this purpose in view of their ease of incorporation and ready means of detection. Substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, 2H, may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements, and hence may be preferred in some circumstances. Substitution with positron emitting isotopes, such as 11C, 18F,'15O and 13N. can be useful in Positron Emission Topography (PET) studies for examining substrate receptor occupancy. . Isotopically-labeled compounds of the invention can generally be prepared by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described herein, using an appropriate isotopically-labeled reagent in place of the non-labeled reagent otherwise employed. Pharmaceutically acceptable solvates in accordance with the invention include those wherein the solvent of crystallization may be isotopicalry substituted, e.g. DjO, de-acetone, ds-DMSO. Compounds of the Invention intended for pharmaceutical use may be administered as crystalline or amorphous products, or mixtures thereof. They may be obtained, for example, as solid plugs, powders, or films by methods such as precipitation, crystallization, freeze drying, spray drying, or evaporative drying. Microwave or radio.frequency drying may be used for this purpose. • The compounds can be administered alone or In combination with one or more other compounds of the invention, or in combination with one or more other drugs (or as any combination thereof). Generally, they will be administered as a formulation In association with one or more pharmaceutlcally acceptable excipients. Tine term "excipienf is used herein to describe any ingredient other than the compound(s) of the invention. The choice of exclpient will to a large extent depend on factors such as the particular mode of administration, the effect of the exripient on solubility and stability, and the nature of * the dosage form. Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for the delivery of compounds of the invention and methods for their preparation will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art. Such compositions and methods for their preparation can be found, for example, in 'Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences'. 19th Edition (Mack Publishing Company, 1995}, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. . Oral Administration The compounds of the invention may be administered orally. Oral administration may involve swallowing, so that the compound enters the gastrointestinal tract, or buccal or sublingual administration may be employed by which the compound enters the blood stream directly from the mouth. Formulations suitable for oral administration include solid formulations such as tablets, capsules containing particulates, liquids, or powders, lozenges (including liquid-rilled), chews, multi- and nano-particulates, gels, solid solution, liposome, films (including muco-adheslve), ovules, sprays and Squid formulations. Liquid formulations include suspensions, solutions, syrups and elixirs. Such formulations may be used as fillers in soft or hard capsules and typically include a carrier, for example, water, ethanol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol. methylcellulose, or a suitable oil, and one or more emulsifying agents and/or suspending agents. Liquid formulations may also be prepared by the reconstitute of a solid, for example, from a sachet The compounds of the invention may also be used in fast-dissolving, fast-disintegrating dosage forms such as those described in Expert Opinion in Therapeutic Patents, 11, (6), 981-986 by Liang and Chen (2001), the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. For tablet dosage forms, depending on dose, the drug may make up from 1 wt% to 80 wi% of the dosage form, more typically from 5 wt% to 60 wt% of the dosage form. In addition to the drug, tablets generally contain a disintegrant. Examples of disintegrants include sodium starch glycolate, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, calcium carboxymethyl cellulose, croscarmeliose sodium, crospovidone, polyvinylpyrrolidone, methyl cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, lower alkyl-substituted hydroxypropyl cellulose, starch, pregelatinized starch and sodium alglnate. Generally, the disintegrant will comprise from 1 wt% to 25 wt%, preferably from 5 wt% to 20 wt% of the dosage form. Binders are generally used to Impart cohesive qualities to a tablet formulation. Suitable binders include microcrystalline cellulose, gelatin, sugars, polyethylene glycol, natural and synthetic gums, polyvinylpyrrolidone, pregelatinized starch, hydroxypropyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose. Tablets may also contain diluents, such as lactose (monohydrate, spray-dried monohydrate, anhydrous and the like), mannitol, xylitol, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, microcrystalline cellulose, starch and dibasic calcium phosphate dihydrate. Tablets may also optionally include'surface active agents, such as sodium lauryl sulfate and polysorbate 80, and glidants such as silicon dioxide and talc. When present, surface active agents are typically In amounts of from 0.2 wt% to 5 wt% of the tablet, and glidants typically from 0.2 wt% to 1 wt% of the tablet Tablets also generally contain lubricants such as magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, zinc stearate, sodium stearyl fumarate, and mixtures of magnesium stearate with sodium lauryl sulphate. Lubricants generally are present in amounts from 0.25 wt% to 10 wt%, preferably from 0.5 wt% to 3 wt% of the tablet. Other conventional ingredients include anti-oxidants, colorants, flavoring agents, preservatives and taste-masking agents. Exemplary tablets contain up to about 80 wt% drug, from about 10 wt% to about 90 wt% binder, from about 0 wt% to about 85 wt% diluent, from about 2 wt% to about 10 wt% disintegrant, and from about 0.25 wt% to about 10 wt% lubricant. Tablet blends may be compressed directly or by roller to form tablets. Tablet blends or portions of blends may alternatively be wet-, dry-, or melt-granulated, melt congealed, or extruded before tableting. The final formulation may Include one or more layers and may be coated or uncoated; or encapsulated. The formulation of tablets is discussed in detail in 'Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Tablets, Vol. 1", by H. Lieberman and L. Lachman, Marcel Dekker, N.Y., N.Y., 1980 (ISBN 0-8247-6918-X), the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Solid formulations for oral administration may be formulated to be immediate and/or modified release. Modified release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulsed-, controlled-, targeted and programmed release. Suitable modified release formulations are described in U.S. Patent No. 6,106,864. Details of other suitable release technologies such as high energy dispersions and osmotic and coated particles can be found in Verma 0t al, Pharmaceutical Technology On-line, 25(2), 1-14 (2001). The use of chewing gum to achieve controlled release is described In WO 00/35298. The disclosures of these references are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. Parenteral Administration The compounds of the invention may also be administered directly into the blood stream, into muscle, or into an internal organ. Suitable means for parenteral administration include intravenous, intraarterial, intraperiton&al, intralhecal, intraventricular, Intraurethral, Intrasternal, Intracranlal, intramuscular and subcutaneous. Suitable devices tor parenteral administration include needle (including micro needle) Injectors, needle-free injectors and infusion techniques. Parenteral formulations are typically aqueous solutions which may contain excipients such as salts, carbohydrates and buffering agents (preferably to a pH of from 3 to 9), but, ior some applications, they may be more suitably formulated as a sterile non-aqueous solution or as a dried form to be used in conjunction with a suitable vehicle such as sterile, pyrogen-free water. The preparation of parenteral formulations under sterile conditions, for example, by lyophilization, may readily be accomplished using standard pharmaceutical techniques well known to those skilled in the art. . The solubility of compounds of the invention used in the preparation of parenteral solutions may be increased by the use of appropriate formulation techniques, such as the incorporation of solubility- enhancing agents. . . ' • Formulations for parenteral administration may be formulated to be immediate and/or modified release. Modified release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulsed-, controlled-, targeted and programmed release. Thus compounds of the. invention may be formulated as a solid, semi-solid, or thixotropic liquid for administration as an implanted depot providing modified release of the active compound. Examples of such formulations include drug-coated slants and PGLA mlcrospheres. Topical Administration The compounds of the invention may also be administered topically to the skin or mucosa, that is, dermally or transdermally. Typical formulations for this purpose include gels, hydrogels, lotions, solutions, creams, ointments, dusting powders, dressings, foams, films, skin patches, waters, implants, sponges, .fibers, bandages and microemulsions. Uposomes may. also be used. Typical carriers include alcohol, water, mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, glycerin, polyethylene glycol and propylene grycol. Penetration enhancers may be incorporated; see, for example, J Pharm Sci, 88 (10), 955-956 by Finrtin and Morgan (October 1999). Other means of topical administration include delivery by electropo ration, iontophoresis, phonophoreste, sonophoresls and micro needle or needle-free (e.g. Powderject™, Bio}ecf™, etc.) injection. The disclosures of these references are incorporated herein by reference In their entireties. . . Formulations for topical administration may be formulated to be immediate and/or modified release. Modified release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulsed-, controlled*, targeted and programmed release. Inhaled/lntranasal Administration The compounds of the invention can also be administered intranasally or by inhalation, typically in the form of a dry powder (either alone, as a mixture, for example, .in a dry blend with lactose, or as a mixed component particle, for example, mixed with phosphollpids, such as phosphalldylchoHne) from a dry powder inhaler or as an aerosol spray from a pressurized container, pump, spray, atomizer (preferably an atomizer using electrohydrodynamics to produce a fine mist), or nebulizer, with or without the use of a suitable propellant, such as 1,1,1,2'tetrafluoroethane or 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-heptafluoropropane. For intranasal use, the powder may include a bioadhesive agent, for example, chitosan or cyclodextrin. The pressurized container, pump, spray, atomizer, or nebulizer contains a solution or suspension of the compound(s) of the invention comprising, for example, ethanol, aqueous ethanol. or a suitable alternative agent for dispersing, solubilizing, or extending release of the active, a propellant(s) as solvent and an optional surfactant, such as sorbitan trioleate, oteic acid, or an oligolactic acid. Prior to use in a .dry powder or suspension formulation, the drug product is micronized to a Size suitable for delivery by inhalation (typically less than 5 microns). This may be achieved by any appropriate comminuting method, such as spiral jet milling, fluid bed jet milling, supercritical fluid processing to form nanoparticles, high pressure homogenization, or spray drying. Capsules (made, for example, from gelatin or HPMC), blisters and cartridges for use In an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated to contain a powder mix of the compound of the Invention, a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch and a performance modifier such as Meuclne, mannitol, or magnesium stearaie. The lactose may be anhydrous or in the form of the monohydrate, preferably the latter. Other suitable excipients include dextran. glucose, maltose, sorbHol, xylitol, fructose, sucrose and trehatose. A suitable solution formulation for use in an atomizer using electrotiydrodynamics to produce a fine mist may contain from 1ug to 20mg of the compound of the invention per actuation and the actuation volume may vary from 1uL to lOOuL. A typical formulation includes a compound of the invention, propylene glycol, sterile water, ethanol and sodium chloride. Alternative solvents which may be used instead of propylene glycol include glycerol and polyethylene gtycol. Suitable flavors, such as menthol and levomenthol, or sweeteners, such as saccharin or saccharin sodium, may be added to those formulations of the invention intended for Inhaled/intranasal administration. Formulations for inhaled/intranasal administration may be formulated to be immediate and/or modified release using, for example, poly(DL-lactic-coglycolic acid (PGLA). Modified release formulations include delayed-, sustained', pulsed-, controlled-, targeted and programmed release. In the case of dry powder inhalers and aerosols, the dosage unit is determined by means of a valve which delivers a metered amount. Units in accordance with the invention are typically arranged to administer a metered dose or "puff' containing a desired mount of the compound of the invention. The overall dally dose may be administered in a single dose or, more usually, as divided doses throughout the day. Rectal/lntravaolnal Administration Compounds of the invention may be administered rectally or vaginally, for example, in the form of a suppository, pessary, or enema. Cocoa butter Is a traditional suppository base, but various alternatives may be used as appropriate. Formulations for rectal/vaginal administration may be formulated to be immediate and/or modified release. Modified release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulsed-, controlled-, targeted and programmed release. Ocular Administration Compounds of the invention may also be administered directly to the eye or ear, typically in the form of drops of a micronized suspension or solution in isotonic, pH-adjusted, sterile saline, Cither formulations suitable for ocular and aural administration include ointments, biodegradable (e.g. absorbabla gel sponges, collagen) and non-biodegradable (e.g. silicone) implants, wafers, lenses and paniculate or vesicular systems, such as niosomes or liposomes. A polymer such as crossed-linked polyacrylic acid, polyvlnylalcohol, hyaluronic • acid, a csllulosic. polymer, for example, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose', or methyl cellulose, or a heterbpolysaccharide polymer, for example, gelan gum, may be incorporated together with a preservative, such as benzalkonium chloride. Such formulations may also be delivered by iontophoresis.' Formulations for ocular/aural administration may be formulated to be immediate and/or modified release. Modified release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulsed-, controlled-, targeted, or programmed release. Other Technologies Compounds of the invention may be combined with soluble macro-molecular entities, such as cydodextrin and suitable derivatives thereof or polyethylene glycd-containing polymers, in order to improve their solubility, dissolution rate, taste-masking, bioavailability and/or stability for use in any of the aforementioned modes of administration. Drug-cyclodextrin complexes, for example,',are found to be generally useful for most dosage forms and administration routes. Both inclusion and non-Inclusion complexes may be used. As an alternative to direct complexation with the drug, the cydodextrin may be used as an auxiliary additive, i.e. as a carrier, diluent, or solub'rilzer. Most commonly used for these purposes are alpha-; beta- and gamma-cyclodextrins, examples -of which may be found in PCT Publication Nos. WO 91/11172, WO 94/02518 and WO 98/55148, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein, by reference in their entireties. The amount of the active compound administered will be dependent on the subject being treated, the severity of the disorder or condition, the rate of administration, the disposition of the compound'and the discretion of the prescribing physician. However, an effective dosage is typically in the range of about 0.001 to about 100 mg per kg body weight per day, preferably about 0.01 to about 35 mg/kg/day, In'single or divided doses. For a 70 kg human, this would amount to about 0.07 to about 7000 mo/day, preferably about. 0.7 to about 2500 mg/day. In some instances, dosage levels below the lower, limit of the aforesaid range may be more than adequate, while in other cases still larger doses may be used without causing any harmful side effect, with such larger doses typically divided into several smaller closes for administration throughout Ihe day. Kit-of-Parts Inasmuch as it may desirable to administer a combination of active compounds, for example, for the purpose of treating a particular disease or condition, it is within the scope of the present invention that two or more pharmaceutical compositions, at least one of which contains a compound in accordance with the invention, may conveniently be combined In the form of -a kit suitable for coadministration of the compositions. Thus the kit of the Invention includes two or more separate pharmaceutical compositions, at least one of which contains a compound of the invention, and means for separately retaining said composilions, such as a container, divided bottle, or divided foil packet. An example of such a kit is the familiar blister pack used for the packaging of tablets, capsules and the like. The kit of the invention is particularly suitable for administering different dosage forms, for example, oral and parenteral, for administering the separate compositions at different dosage intervals, or for titrating the separate compositions against one another. To assist compliance, the kit typically includes directions for administration and may be provided with a memory aid. Examples In the following examples, "Et" means ethyl, "Ac" means acetyl, "Me* means methyl, "Ms" means metoanesulfonyl (CH5SO2), "iPr" means isopropyl, "HATU* means 2-(7-Aza-1H-benzotriazole-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronlum hexafluorophosphate, "Ph." means phenyl, "Boc° means tert-butoxycarbony), "EtOAc" means ethyl acetate, "HOAc" means acetic acid, "NE^" or "EtgN" means triethylamine, THF" means tetrahydrofuran, "DIG" means diisopropylcarbodiimide, "MOBf means nydroxy benzotriazole, "MeOH" means methanol, "i-PrOAc" means isopropyl acetate, "KOAc" means potassium acetate, °DMSO" means dlmethylsulfoxide, "AcCr means acetyl chloride, "CDCI3" means deuterated chloroform, "MTBE* means methyl t-butyl ether, "DMF" means dimethyl formamide, 'AczO" means acetic anhydride, "Me3SOI" means trimeihylsultoxonlum iodide, "DMAF means 4-dimethylaminopyridine. *dppf means dlphenylphosphino ferrocene, "DME" means ethylene gtycol dimethyl ether (1,2-dimetho-yathane), HOBT means 1-hydroxybenzotriazole, EDC means 1-Elhyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide. The following examples are given to illustrate the present Invention, It should be understood, however, that the invention is not to be limited to the specific conditions or details described in these examples. Reagents can be synthesized as shown herein, or are available from commercial sources (e.g., Aldrich, Milwaukee, Wl; Acros, Morris Plains, NJ; Btosynth International, Naperville, IU Frontier Scientific, Logan, UT; TCI America, Portland, OR; Combi-Blocks, San Diego, CA; Matrix Scientific, Columbia, SC; Acros, Morris Plains, NJ; Alfa Aesar, Ward Hill, MA; Apollo Scientific, UK; etc.) or can be synthesized by procedures known in the art. The synthesis of several specific reagents is shown in U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 10/786,610, entitled "Aminoheteroaryl Compounds as Protein Kinase Inhibitors", filed February 26, 2004, and corresponding international application PCT/US2004/005495 of the same title, filed February 26, 2004. Other reagents can be synthesized by adapting the procedures therein, and one skilled in the an can readily adapt those procedures to produce the desired compounds. Further, these references contain general procedures and specific examples for the preparation of a large number of heteroarylamino compounds, and one skilled in the art can readily adapt such procedures and examples to the preparation of compounds of the present invention. The disclosures of these references are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. When a general or exemplary synthetic procedure is referred to, one skilled in the art can readily determine the appropriate reagents, if not indicated, extrapolating from the general or exemplary procedures. Some of the general procedures are given as examples for preparing specific compounds. One skilled In the art can readily adapt such procedures to the synthesis of other compounds. It should be understood that R groups shown in the general procedures are meant to be generic and non-limiting, and do not correspond to definitions of R groups elsewhere in this document Each such R group represents one or multiple chemical moieties that .can be the same or different from other chemical moieties also represented by the same R symbol. One skilled in the art can readily appreciate the range of R groups suitable in the.exemplary syntheses. Moreover, representation of an unsubstituted position In structures shown or referred to in the general procedures is for convenience and does not preclude substitution as described elsewhere herein. For specific groups that can be present, either as R groups in the general procedures or as optional substituents not shown, refer to the descriptions in the remainder of this document, including the claims, summary and detailed description. Some of the general procedures are shown with reference to synthesis of compounds wherein the 1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluorophenyl)-ethoxy moiety is the pure (R)-isomer, and some are shown with reference to compounds wherein said moiety is a racemlc mixture. It should be understood that the procedures herein can be used to produce racemic compounds or enantiomerically pure (R) isomers by choosing the corresponding racemic or enantiomerically pure starting material. Select Starting Materials 5-bromo'3-f1-(2.6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenvn-ethoxy]-pyrldir>-2-vlamine(racemate): (Figure Removed) 1. 2,6-Dich!oro-3-fluoroacetophenone (15 g, 0.072 mol) was stirred in THF (150 mL, 0.5M) at 0°C using an Ice bath for 10 min. Lithium aluminum hydride (2.75 g, 0.072mol) was slowly added. The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 hr. The reaction was cooled in Ice bath, and water (3. ml) was added drop wisely followed by adding 15% NaOH (3 mL) slowly. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 30 min. 15% NaOH (9 mL), MgSO*were added and the mixture filtered to remove solids. The solids were washed with THF (50 mL) and the filtrate was concentrated to give 1-(2,6-dichloro-3- fluoro-phenyO-ethanol (14.8 gm, 95% yield) as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d«) 61.45 (d. 3H), 5.42 {m, 2H), 7.32 (m, 1H). 7.42 (m, 1H). 2. To a stirred solution of triphenyl phosphine. (8.2 g, 0.03 mol) and DEAD (13.65 mL of a 40% solution in toluene) In THF (200 mL) at 0°C was added a solution of 1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)- ethanol (4.55 g, 0.021 mol) and 3-hydroxy-nitropyrldine (3.35 g, 0.023 mol) in THF (200 mL). The resulting bright orange solution was stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere at ambient temperature for 4 hours at which point all starting materials had been consumed. The solvent was removed, and the crude material was dry loaded onto silica gel, and eluted with ethyl acetate-hexanes (20:80) to yield 3-(2,6- cfichloro-3-fluorc-benzyloxy)-2-nitrc-pyridine (6.21 g, 0.021 mol, 98%) as a pink solid. 1H NMR (CDCfe, 300 MHz) 51.8-1.85 (d, 3H), 6.0-6.15 (q, 1H), 7;0-7.1 (t, 1H), 7.2-7.21 (d, 1H), 7.25-7.5 (m, 2H). 8.0-8.05 (d.lH). 3. To a stirred mixture of AcOH (650 mL) and EtOH (500 mL) was suspended 3-(2,6-dichloro-3- fluoro-benzyloxy)-2-nltro-pyrldine (9.43 g, 0.028 mol) and Iron chips (15.7 g, 0.28 mol). The reaction was heated slowly to reflux and allowed to stir for 1 hr. The reaction was cooled to room temperature then diethyl ether (500 rnL) and water (500 mL) was added. The solution was carefully neutralized by the addition of sodium carbonate. The combined organic extracts were washed with sat'd NaHCO3(2 x 100 mL), H20 (2 x 100 mL) and brine (1 x 100 mL) then dried (NajSO^), filtered and concentrated to dryness under vacuum to yfeld 3-{2,6-dichloro-3-ftuoro-benzyloxy)-pyridln-2-y1amine (9.04 g, 0.027 mol, 99%) as a light pink solid. 'H NMR (CDCIj, 300 MHz) $1,8-1.85 (d, 3H), 4.9-5.2 (brs. 2H), 6,7-6.84 (q, 1H), 7.0-7.1 (m, 1H), 7.2-7.3 (m, 1H), 7.6-7.7 (m, 1H). 4. A stirring solution of 3-{2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-benzyioxy)-pyridin-2-ylamine (9.07 g, 0.03 mol) in acelonitrile was cooled to 0°C using an ice bath. To this solution was added N-bromosuccinimide (NBS) (5.33 g, 0.03 mol) portionwise. The reaction was stirred at 0°C lor 15 min. The reaction was concentrated to dryness under vacuum. The resulting dark oil was dissolved in EJOAc (500 mL), and purified via silica gel chromatography. The solvents were then removed in vacuo to yield 5-bromo-3-(2,6-dichlora-3«fluoro-benzyloxy)-pyridin-2-ylarrtine (5.8 g, 0.015 mol, 51%) as a white crystaltine solid. 1H NMR (CDCb, 300 MHz) & .85-1.95 (d, 3H), 4.7-5.0 (brs, 2H), 5.9-6.01 (q, 1H), 6.8-6.95 (d, 1H), 7.01-7.2 (t, 1H), 7.4-7.45 (m, 1 H), 7.8-7,85 (d, 1 H). 5-iodo-3-fl-fg.6^dlchloro-3-fluoro-Dhenv»-ethoxv]-pvrldin-2-vlatnlnefracemate\- To a solution of 3-[1-(2,6-Dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxyJ-|)yridin-2-ylamtne (10.0 g, 33.2 mmol) In acetonitrite (600 mL) and acetic acid (120 mL) was added N-iodosuccinlmide (11.2 g, 49.8 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 h and the reaction was quenched with Na2Sj05 solution. After evaporation, the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with 2N NaOH solution, brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The crude product was purified on a silica gel column to provide S-iodo-3-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3-ftuoro-phanyl)-ethoxy}-pyridin-2-ylamlne (7.1 g, 50% yield).MS m/2427 [M-t-1]. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 6 ppm 1.74 (d, J=s.57 Hz, 3 H) 5.91 - 5.99 (m, 3 H) 6.82 (d, Jb13S Hz, 1 H) 7.46 (t, Jt=8.72 Hz. 1 H) 7.56 (dd, Jt8.97, 4.93 Hz, 1 H) 7.62 (d, JM.52 Hz, 1 H). 5-bromo-3-M-f2.6-dlchlon>3-fluoro-Dhenvn-e1hoxv1-avrazin-2-vlamine fracemateV 1. 2,6-DichlOfo-3-fluoroacetophenone (15 g, 0.072 mo)) was stirred in THF (150 mL, 0.5M) at 0"C using an ice bath for 10 min. Lithium aluminum hydride (from Aldrich, 2.75 g, 0.072 mol) was slowly added. The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 h. The reaction was cooled in ice bath, and water (3 rnL) was added drop wisely followed by adding 15% NaOH (3 mL) slowly. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 30 min. 15% NaOH (9 ml), MgSO4 were added and the mixture filtered to remove solids. The solids were washed with THF (50 ml) and the filtrate was concentrated to give 1-(2,6-dichloro-3-1luoro-prienyl)-ethanol (14.8 gm, 95% yield) as a yellow oil. 'K NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 51.45 (d, 3H), 5.42 (m, 2H), 7.32 (m, 1H), 7.42 (m, 1H), 2, 5-Bromo-3-[1-(2,6-diohloro-3-fluoro-pheny!)-etrioxy]"pyrazin-2-ylamlne was prepared following procedure 9 below, from 1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-elnanol and 3,5-dibrorno-pyrazin-2-ylamine. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO46) 5 1.74 (d, 3H), 6.40 (m, 1H), 6.52 (br sf 2H), 7.30 {m, 1H), 7.48 (m, 1H). 7.56 ' (s, 1H);MSm/z3B2(M+1). Enanttomerically Pure Starting Materials PLE is an enzyme produced by Roche and sold through Biocatalytics Inc. as a crude esterase preparation from pig liver, commonly known as PLE-AS (purchased from Biocatalytics as ICR-123, sold as an ammonium sulfate suspension). The enzyme is classified in the CAS registry as a "carboxylic-ester hydrdase, CAS no. 9016-18-6". The corresponding enzyme classification number is EC 3.1.1.1. The enzyme Is known to have broad substrate specificity towards the hydrolysis of a wide range of esters. The lipase activity is determined using a method based on hydrolysis of ettiylbutyrate in a pH titrator. 1 LU {lipase unit) is the amount of enzyme which liberates 1 umol titratable butyric add per minute at 22*C, pH 8.2. The preparation reported herein (PLE-AS.-as a suspension) is usually shipped as an opaque brown-green liquid with a declared activity of > 45 LU/mg (protein content around 40 mg/mL}. (1 S)-1 -(2.6-dichloro-3-fluoroDh6nvitetrianol (1S)-f-(2,6-d/ch/oro-3-fluorophenyl)ethanol, shown, as compound (5-1) in the schemes below, was prepared by a combination of enzymatic hydrolysis of racemic l-(2,6-dlch(oro-3-fluoropheny1)ethyl acetate, esterificatbn and chemical hydrolysis with inversion according to Scheme 6. Racemic 1-{2,6-dichlofo-3-fluorophenyl)ethyl acetate {compound A2) was prepared according to Scheme A. ct Scheme A 1-(2.6-djehtoro-3-fluorpDhenv»Blhanol (A1): Sodium borohydride (90 mg, 2.4 mmol) was added to a solution of 2',6'-dichloro-3'-fiuoro-ac8tophenone (Aidrich, catalog # 62,294-5) (207 mg, 1 mmot) in 2 mL of anhydrous CH3OH. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h then was evaporated to give a colorless oil residue. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (eluting with 0-*10% EtOAc in hexanes) to give compound A1 as a colorless oil (180 mg; 0.88 mmol; 86.5% yield); MS (APCI) (M-H)' 208; 1H NMR (400 MHz, ehloroform-D) 8 ppm 1.64 (d, Jt=6.82 Hz, 3 H) 3.02 20 mL of CH2CI2. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12h and then evaporated to give a yellowish oil residue. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (eluting with 7-»9% EtOAc in hexanes) to give compound A2 as a colorless oil (2.26 g; 9,0 mmol; 85.6% yield); 1H NMR (400 MHz, chloroform-D) 8 ppm 1.88 (d, Jt6.82 Hz, 3 H) 2.31 (s, 3 H) 6.62 (q, ^=6.82 Hz, 1 H) 7.25 (t, J=8.46 Hz, 1 H) 7.49 (dd, JbB.84, 5.05 Hz, 1 H). To a 50 mL jacketed flask equipped with a pH electrode, an overhead stirrer and a base addition line (1M NaOH), was added 1,2 mL of 100 mM potassium phosphate buffer pH 7.0 and 0.13 ml of PLE AS suspension. Then, compound A2 (0.13 g, 0.5 mmol, 1.00 eq) was added dropwise and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 h, maintaining the pH of the reaction constant at 7.0 using 1 M NaOH. Both the conversion and ee's of the reaction were monitored by RP-HPLC, and stopped after 50% starting material was consumed (approximately 17 hours under these conditions). The mixture was then extracted three times with 10 mL of ethyl acetate to recover both ester and alcohol as a mixture of R- 1 and S-2. Methanesulfonyt chloride (0.06 mL, 0.6 mmol) was added to a solution of a mixture of R-1 and S- 2 (0.48 mmol) in 4 mL of pyridine under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h then evaporated to obtain an oil. Water (20 ml) was added to the mixture and then EtOAc (20 mL x 2) was added to extract the aqueous solution. The organic layers were combined, dried, filtered, and evaporated to give a mixture of R-3 and S-2. This mixture was used in the next step reaction without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz. chloroform-D) 5 ppm 1.66 (d, J=7A Hz. 3 H) 1.84 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3 H) 2.09 (s, 3 H) 2.92 (s, 3 H) 6.39 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 1 H) 6-46 {q, Jt=6.8 Hz, 1 H) 6.98 - 7.07 (m, 1 H) 7.07 - 7^17 (m, 1 H) 7.23 • 7.30 (m, 1 H) 7.34 (dd, J=8.8, 4.80 Hz. 1 H). Polassium acetate (0.027 g, 0.26 mrnol) was added to a mixture of R-3 and S-2 (0.48 mmolj in 4 mL of DMF under nitrogen atmosphere, The reaction mixture was heated to 100°C for 12 h. Water (20 ml) was added to the reaction mixture and EtOAc (20 ml x 2) was added to extract the aqueous solution. The combined organic layer was dried, filtered, and. evaporated to give an oil of 5-2 (72 mg, 61% yield in two steps). Chirality ee: 97.6%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, chloioform-D) 8 ppm 1.66 (d, J=7,1 Hz, 3 H) 2.09 (s, 3 H) 6.39 (q, Jb6.8 Hz, 1 H) 7.02 (t, J=Q.5 Hz, 1 H) 7.22 - 7,30 (m, 1 H). Sodium methoxlde (19 mmoi; 0.5 M in methanol} was added slowly to compound S-2 (4.64 g, 1B.8 mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere at 0°C. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The solvent was evaporated and H2O (100 ml) was added The cooled reaction mixture was neutralized with sodium acetate-acetic add buffer solution to pH 7. Ethyl acetate (100 mL x 2) was added lo extract the aqueous solution. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated to obtain a white solid (4.36 g, 94.9% yield); SFC-MS: 97%ee. 1H NMR (400 MHz, ChlorofomvD) 6 ppm 1.65 3-Hydroxy-2-nitropyridine (175 mg, 1.21 mmol} and triphenylphosphine (440 mg, 1.65 mmol) were added sequentially to a stirred solution of (1S)-1-(2,6-dlchloro-3-fluorophenyl)etnanol (229.8 mg, 1.1 mmol) in THF (10 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was maintained at room temperature for 1 h and then diisopropyl azo-dicarboxylate (0.34 mL, 1.65 mmol) was added at 0°C. The mixture was stirred lor an additional 12 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated under vacuum to give an oil. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (eluting with 20-t25% EtOAc in hexanes) to give the title compound as a white solid (321.5 mg: 0.97 mmol; 88.3% yield); MS (APCI) (M+H)* 331; SFC-MS: 99.5%ee. 1H NMR (400 MHz, chlorqform-D) 5 ppm 1.85 (d, .1=6.6 Hz, 3 H) 6.10 (q, jb6.6 Hz, 1 H) 7.04 -7.13 (m. 1 H) 7.21 (dd, Jt=8.5, 1.14 Hz, 1 H) 7.30 (dd, J=9.Qt 4.9 Hz, 1 H) 7.37 (dd, J.8.6, 4.6 Hz, 1 H) 8.04 (dd, .M.6,1.3 Hz, 1 H). 3-ff 1 ffl-1 -f2.6-dichtoro-3-fluorophenvl)ethoxv1ovridln-2-amine Iron (365 mg) was added to a stirred solution of 3-((1 fl)-i -(2,6-dichloro-3-fluorophenyl)eth6xy)-2-nitropyridine (321 mg, 0.97 mmol) in a mixture of EtOH (2 mL) and 2M HO (0.2 mL) at 0°C. The resulting solution was heated to B5°C for 2 h. Celite (0.5 g) was added to the cooled reaction mixture. This mixture was filtered over a bed of cel'rte and evaporated to give the title compound as a dark oil. MS (APCI} (M+H)+301. 5-bromo-3-f1fRVf2.6-dichloro-3'fluoro-phBnvl)-elhoxv1-PY Cl The enantiomericajly pure R isomer was prepared as described above for the racemate, but using the enantfomerically pure starting materials described above. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 1.74 (d, 3H), 6.40 (m. 1H), 6.52 (brs, 2H), 7.30 (m, 1H). 7.48 (m, ,1H), 7.56 (s, 1H); MS mfc382 (M-M). 5-iodo-3-[fR^1--ethoxvl-pvridln'iZ-viamlne: Periodic acid (60 mg. 0.24 mmol), iodine (130 mg, 0.5 mmol), and sulfuric acid (0.03 ml) were added sequentially to a stirred solution of 3-[(1fl)-1-(2l6-dichloro-3-ffuorophertyl)ethaxy]pyridin-2-amine (0.97 mmol) in a mixture of acetic acid (3 ml) and H2O (0.5 ml). The resulting solution was heated to 80°C for 5 h. The cooled reaction mixture was quenched with Na2SO3 (80 mg) and basicfied with saturated Na2CO3 (2 x 100 ml) to pH 7. CH2Cl2 (2 x 50 mL) was added k> extract the aqueous solution. The combined organic layers were dried over NazSO4 then filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (eluting with 35->40% EtOAc in hexanes) to give the tide compound as a yellow oil (254 mg; 0.6 mmol; 61.6% yield); MS (APCI) (M+H)+ 426. 1H NMR (400 MHz, chloroform-D) 5ppm 1.81 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3 H) 4.86 (s, 2 H) 5.98 (q, J=6.57 Hz, 1 H) 6.96 (d, Jb1.5 Hz, 1 H) 7.08 (dd, Jtg.0,8.0 Hz, 1 H) 7.31 (dd, J=8.8,4.8 Hz, 1 H) 7.78 (d, Jt=1.8 Hz, 1 H). 5-bromo-3-ffRl-1-(2.6-dichloro-3-fluorQ-phenv -2-vlamine:' The title compound was prepared according to procedure 2, from (1S)-1-(2l6-dichloro-3-fluoropnenyljethanol. TH NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 7.53(s, 1H), 7.48(m, 1H), 7.39(t, 1H), 6.48 (s, 2H), 6.41 (q. 1H), 1.74(d, 3H); LCMS: 381 [M+1]; c-Me 1-(f-butoxycart>onyt)azetidine-3-carboxylic add {M)(AXL016917, 1000 mg, 4.97 mmol) was dissolved in MeQH (5 mLVToluene (20 ml) and then cooled to 0°C. TMSCHNN (trimethylsilyldiazomethane) (7.45 mmol) was then added drop-wise over 15 minutes with some bubbling observed. Trie color started dear and slowly turned yellow. The solution was stirred, for 10 minutes at 0*0 and then warmed to room temperature over 30 minutes. The solution was then concentrated and pumped on to remove toluene to afford 1.055 g of 1-M>utyl 3-methyl azetidine-l,3-dicarboxytate CL2) that was used directly in the next step without being purified (99% crude yield). 1-tert-butyl 3-methyl azetidine-1,3-dicarboxylate (1055 mg, 4.90 mmol) was dissolved in THF (17 ml) and then cooted to Q"C. MeOH (0.397 mL, 9.80 mmo!) and LiBH4 (14.7 mmol) were added sequentially. .The reaction was warmed to room temperature over 3 ru Then 10% aqueous potassium sodium tartrate tetrahydrate (Rochelle's Salt) (30 ml) and EtOAc (30 mL) were added and the solution stirred at room temperature over 30 minutes. The organic layer was separated and then dried (Na2S04) and concentrated to afford 674 mg of (-butyl 3-(hydroxymethyt)azetidine-1-carboxylate (1-3J as a crude product (clear oil). The product was used directly in the next step without purification, frbutyl 3-(hydroxymethyl)azetidine-1-carboxylate (674 mg, 3.60 mmol) was dissolved in CH2CI2 (13 mL, 0.25M) and then EtsN (1.0 mL, 7^0 mmol), DMAP (44 mg, 0.360 mmol), and methanesulfony! chloride (0.31 mL, 3.96 mmol) were added sequentially at 0°C with the MsCI addition being done slowly. The solution was wanned to rt over 1 h. After 15 h, saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (50 mL) was added and then the product was extracted with CHjClj (2 x 50 mL) and the combined organic extracts were washed with brine (50 mL), dried (Na2SO+), concentrated, and purified by flash chromatography (Biotage Horizon -10%EtOAc/hexanes -100% EtOAc) to afford 962 mg of (1-4) as an oil (quantitative). NaH (95%, 96 mg, 3,99 mmol) was combined, in DMF (10 mL) under N2 at rt 4-Bromopyrazole (533 mg, 3.63 mmol) was then added and the mixture stirred at rt. After 30 minutes (1-4) was added and the solution heated to 95°C. After 2 h, saturated aqueous NH4CI (50 mL) was added and then EtOAc (50 mL). The organic extract was dried (Na2$Ot) and concentrated, and then run through a short pad of silica gel with 50% EtOAc/Hexanes to afford 846 mg of crude (1-S) that was used directly in the" next step (74% crude yield). (1-51 (846 mg, 2,68 mmol}, (1-61 (815 mg. 3.21 mmol), [I.l'-Cistdiphenylphosphino)-ferrocene)dicr>loropalladiurn (108 mg, 0.133 mmol), and KOAc (B93 mg, 9.10 mmol) were combined in DMSO (10 mL, purged with N2 for 10 minutes) and then the solution was warmed to BO°C. After 16 h, the solution was fBtered through Cetite and then H20 (50 mL) and EtOAc (50 mL) was added. The organic phase was extracted and dried (Na2SO The boronie ester (1-71 (4144 mg, 11.4 mmol), fl-8) (2890 mg. 7.60 mmof). dicNorobis(triphenyiphosphine}palladiurn(il) (534 mg, 0.760 mmoi), DME (40 mL, De-gassed for 30 minutes with Nz), and 1N Na2CO3 (40 mL, De-gassed for 30 minutes with N2) were combined and heated to 80°C. After 16 h, the reaction was cooled to rt and EtOAc (80 mL) was added. The solution was filtered through celite and then water (60 mL) was added. The organic layer was separated, dried (NajSO*), and concentrated. The product was purified by flash chromatography to afford 1486 mg of CL §) as a tan solid (36 %). 1 gram of DOWEX 50WX2-400 ion-exchange resin was prepared by washing ft with f-fcO (500 mL), 1:1 HzO/MeOH. MeOH (5X 250 mL). CHaCfe^OO mL), and hexanes (500 mL). The DOWEX was then dried in a vacuum oven at 40°C for 1 day. M:9) was dissolved in MeOH and then DOWEX (588 mg, 1,096 mmol) was added. The solution was stirred at rt for 2 h. The solution was then filtered and the resin was washed with MeOH (3X 200 mL) and the wash was discarded. The resin was then washed with 3.5M NHVMeOH and collected. The solution was then concentrated to afford 374 mg of 10) as a gummy solid (78%). To form compounds of formula (1-11). the following exemplary procedure can be followed. 1 molar equivalent of (1-101 is dissolved In DMF or CHaCIa and then base (3 malar equivalents) and/or coupling reagent (1.5 molar equivalents) is added. To the solution is added X-R (1.1 molar equivalent), where X is, for example, Ci, Br, I, OMs, COCI, CO, COOH, ethylene or carbonate and R Is a desired group such as those shown in the examples herein or similar groups. The resultant solution is stirred at rt for 4 h. HSO and EtOAc are added and the organic phase extracted, dried (NajSO*), and concentrated. The crude product can purified by purified by preparative HPLC or other methods well known in the art to afford the product (1-11). Gend washed well with MeOH. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum at room temperature water bath. The residue was treated with ether (3x30ml) and the solvent is decanted. The solid was air dried to give 571 mg of HCI sait product (2-2) as white solid (52% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 6 ppm 3.33 (S, 1 H) 3.63 - 3.80 (m, 2 H) 3.93 -4.09 (m, 2 H) 4.40 - 4.5$ (m, 1 H) 6.18 (d, Jt=6.32 Hz. 1 H). 3-Hydroxy-azetidne-i-carboxlic acid tert-butyl ester (3-3): To a cold (O'C bath) stirred solution of compound (2-2\ (570 mg, 5.20 mmol) in 10mL of EtOH was added Et3N (1.8 mL, 13.0 mmol) and di-tert-butyldicarbonate (1.702 g, 7.38 mmol). The resulting mixture of clear solution was stirred at room temperature overnight The reaction mixture was concentrated by vacuum. The residue was portioned between EtOAc (200mL) and 0.5N citric acid solution (30mL; brine (30mL). The organic layer was dried (NazSO 3-Methanesultonyloxy-azetidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (2-4): to a solution of compound (2-3) (466 mg; 2.69 mmol) with EtsN (0.75 mL; S.38 mmol) and 4-(dimethylamino)-pyridine (33 mg, 0269 mmol) In 10 ml of CH2CI2 at 0°C was added methanesulfonyl chloride (0.25 mL 3.23 mmol). The resulting mixture of brown color solution was stirred at 0°C to room temperature for overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched with NaHCO3, then partitioned between CKfeClj (200 mL) and saturated NaHCO3 solution (50 mL). The organic layer was dried (NazSO*), then filtered through silica gel pad, eluted with hexane: EtOAc/1:1; the filtrate was concentrated by vacuum to give 614mg (2-4) as yellow oil (91 %yield). *H NMR (400 MHz, chloroform-D) 6 ppm 1.43 (s, 9 H) 3.05 (s, 3 H) 4.08 (dd, ,£=10.36, 4.29 Hz, 2 H) 4.26 (dd, Jfe10.36,6.82 Hz, 2 H) 5.11 - 5.26 (m, 1 H). 1-(3-Azetidine-1-carboxyifc acid tert-butyl ester)-4-bromoprazole(2-6): A 5 ml microwave tube was charge with compound (2-4) (304 mg, 1,21 mmol); 4-bromopyrazote (2-5.178 mg, 1.21 mmol) and NaH 60% in mineral oil (73 mg, 1.82 mmol.) with 2 mL of DMF. The resulting mixture was microwaved at 110°C for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was partitioned between EtOAc (200 mL) and saturated NaHCOj solution (2 x 50 mL);brine (50 mL). The organic layer was dried (NaaSO^, then concentrated by vacuum to afford 360 mg of (2-6) as yellow oil (98%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 6 ppm 1.36 -1.43 ferfButyl 3-(4-{6-amino-5-[1 -{2,6-dichloro-3-fluorophenyl)ethoxyjpyridin-3-yl}-1 H-pyrazol-1 - yl)azetidine-1-earboxylate (2-10): A reaction mixture of compound (2-8) (459 mg; 1.31 mmol) and 3-f.t-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluorophenyl)ethoxy]-S'iodopyridir>-2-amine (2-9) (374 mg; 0.88 mmol) in 13 mL of ethylene glycol dimethylether, anhydrous (DME) was purged with N?1or 15 minutes, then Pd(ll)(PPh3)2Cla (46 mg, 0.07 mmol) was added and continued la purge with N2 for another 15 minutes. Another 1.0 N Na2C03 solution (3.9 mL; 3.9 mmol) was added after purging with N2 for 15 minutes. The resulting mixture was stirred at 85°C under N2 for overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite pad and washed well with MeOH. The filtrate was concentrated by vacuum. The residue was partitioned between EtOAc (200 mL) and saturated NaHCO3 solution (2 x 50 mL); brine (50 mL). The organic layer was dried (NajSOO, then concentrated by vacuum. The residue was purified by Biotage system (25 M, 100% CH2CI2; 100% CH2CI2to 90% CH2CI2with 10% MeOH) to collect the desired fraction to afford 421 mg of (2-10) as a brown color grease (92% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, chloroform-D) 6 ppm 1.17 -1.26 (m, 9 H) 1.80 -1.87 (m, 3 H) 4.04 - 4.1B (m, 2 H) 4.20 - 4.33 (m, 2 H) 4.34 - 4.41 (m, 1 H) 4.79 (s, 2 H) 5.02 (d, J=7.58 Hz, 1 H) 7.04 (t, J=8.46 Hz, 1 H) 7.33 - 7.41 (m, 1 H) 7.44.7.52 (m, 1 H) 7.53 - 7.58 (m, 1 H) 7.59 - 7.65 (m, 1 H) 7,72 - 7.78 (m, 1 H); LCMS calcd for Cz^CljFNsOs (M+H) 523, found 523. 5-(1-Azetidln-3-yt-l W-pyrazoW-yl)-3-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluorophenyl)ethoxyJ yridin-2-amine ffi-111; A reaction mixture of compound (2-10) (421 mg; 0.81 mmol) with 4.0 M HCI in dioxane (2.0 mL; 8.1 mmol) in 5mL of CH2CI2 was stirred at room temperature for 2.0 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated by vacuum. The residue was treated with EtOAc. The precipitated solid was filtered off and washed well with EtOAc, hexane, then dried under vacuum to give 275 mg of (2-11) as a sand color solid of HCI salt (81% yield). 1H NMH (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 5 ppm 1.79-1.89 (m, 3 H) 3.56 (s, 1 H) 4.35 (s, 4 H) 5.40 (s, 1 H) 6.23 (d, Jt6.57 HZ, 2 H) 7.09 (s, 1 H) 7.40 - 7.54 (m, 1 H) 7.59 (dd, J=B.6A, 5.05 Hz, 1 H) 7.73 - 7.83 (m, 1 H) 7.86 (s, 1 H) 8-12 (s, 1 H) 9.20 (s. 1 H). LCMS calcd for C19H18CI2FN5O (M+H) 423, found 423. Compounds of formula 2-12 can be prepared by the following exemplary procedure: To a reaction mixture of compound (2:11) (1.0 eq.) with Eyvi (2,0 eq.) in 2.0 ml of DMF at room temperature is added alkyl bromide (1 ,1 eq.). The resulting mixture is stirred under N2 at room temperature for overnight. The reaction mixture is partitioned between EtOAc (200 mL) and saturated NaHCO3 solution (2 x 50 ml); brine (50 ml). The organic layer is dried (Na2SO Dionex system (5% to 95% MeCN:H2O w 0.1% HOAc buffer) to collect the desired fraction to afford & 12). ' • Alternatively, compounds of formula 2-12 can be prepared by the following exemplary procedure: To a reaction solution of alkyl amlne (1.0 eq.) with iPr2EtN (diisopropylethylamine) (3.0 eq.) in 2.0 mL of DMF is added HATU (1.5 eq.). After stirring for 30 minutes, compound (2-11) (1.0 eq.) is added. The resulting mixture is stirred at room temperature for overnight The reaction mixture is partitioned between EtOAc (200 mL) and saturated NaHCO3 solution (2 x 50 mL) and brine (50 mL}. The organic layer is dried (NajSO*) and concentrated by vacuum. The residue is purified by Dionex System (5% to 95% McCN:H2O w 0. 1 % HOAc) to collect the desired product to afford (2-12). General Procedure 3: Na2C03/DME/8S°C fe/f-Butyl 1-oxa-6-azaspiro[2.5]octane-6-carboxylate (3:2): A solution of dimethylsulfoxonium methylide was prepared under N2 from NaH 60% dispersion in mineral oil (440 mg; 11.0 mmol) and trlmethylsulfoxonium iodide (2.421 g; 11.0 mmol) in 5 ml of anhydrous OMSO. Another solution of 1-Boc-4-oxo-1-piperidincarboxylate (3-1. 1.993 g; 10.0 mmol) in 5 mL of DMSO was added dropwise. The resulting mixture was stirred, at 55°C for 6 hours. The cooled reaction mixture was poured into ice-HjO and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 200 mL), The combined organic layers were washed with H2O (50 mL); .brine (5 OmL) and then dried (NajSO^), then concentrated by vacuum 10 give 1.4791 g of (3-2) as a yellow oil (69% yield). 'H NMR (400 MHz, chloroformj-D) 6 ppm 1.37 -1.52 (m, 11 H) 1.71 -1.84 (m, 2 H) 2.63 -2.72 {m, 2 H) 3.35 - 3.49 (m. 2 H) 3.62 - 3.78 (jn. 2 H). ' fert-Butyl 4-hydroxy-4-|[4-(4,4l5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dtoxaborolan-2-yl)-1 H-pyrazol-1 - yl]methyl}pjperidine-i-carboxylate (g-4): A reaction mixture of compound (3-21 (214 mg; 1.0 mmol) and 4-(^^.S-tetramethyl-I.S^-dioxaborotan-S-ylJ-IH-pyrazoie (3^3. 194 mg; 1.0 mmd) w'rth NaH 60% dispersion in. mineral o!( (60 nig; 1.5 mmol) in 3mL of OMF was stirred at 90°C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was partitioned between EtOAc (200 ml) and saturated NaHCQj solution (SO mL) and brine (50 mL). The organic layer was dried (NazSO4) and concentrated by vacuum to give 361 mg of (3-4) as a yellow grease (89% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, chloroform-D) 5 ppm 1.21 -1.34 (rn, 12 H) 1.39 -1.50 (m, 9 H) 1.56 -1.78 (m. 4 H) 3.14 (s, 2 H) 3.72 - 3.91 (m. J=32.34 Hz, 2 H) 4.05 (s, 2 H) 7.65 (s. 1 H) 7.80 (s, 1 H) 3.00 (s, 1 H). LCMS caicd for CzoH^BNaOj, (M+H) 408, found 408. HPLC purity 85%. tea-Butyl 4-[(4-{6-amino-5-[1 -(216'dichlorc-3-fluoropheny))ethoxy]pyrldin-3-yJJ-1 /-f pyrazol-1 - yf)methyl]-4-hydroxypiperidine-1-carboxyla1e (3-6): A reaction mixture of compound (3-4> (361 mg; 0.89 mmol) and 3-[1-{2h6-dichloro-3-fluorophenyl)ethoxy]-S-iadopyrldln-2-amine (3-5) (378 mg; 0.89 mmol) in 9.0 ml of ethyjene glyco! dimethylether, anhydrous (DME) was purged w'nh N2 for 15 minutes, then Pd(ll)(PPh3)2Clj (32 mg, 0.05 mmol) was added and continued to purge with N2 for another 15 minutes. Another 1.0 N Na2CG3 solution (3.9 ml; 3.9 mmol) was added after purging with M? for 15 minutes. The resulting mixture was stirred at 65°C under N2 for overnight The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite pad and washed well with MeOH. The filtrate was concentrated by vacuum.. The residue was partitioned between EtOAc (200 mL) and saturated NaHCO3 solution (2 x 50 mL); brine (50 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4), then concentrated by vacuum. The residue was purified by Dfonex system (25% to 95% MeCN-.Hjp w 0.1% HOAc buffer) to collect the desired fraction to afford 147 mg of (9-6) as a white solid (28% yield). 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 0 ppm 1.34 -1.39 (m, 9 H) 1.70 -1.77 (m> 2 H) 1.79 (d, JS=6.57 Hz, 3 H) 3.06 (d, J=12.63 Hz, 2 H) 3.62 (s. 2 H) 4.03 (s, 2 H) 4.79 (s, 1 H) 5.66 (s, 2 H) 6,08 (d, Jb6.82 Hz, 1 H) 6.86 {d, J=1.52 Hz, 1 H) 7.44 (t, Jt&.72 Hz, 1 H) 7.51 - 758 (m, 2 H) 7.58 - 7.65 (m, 2 H) 7.73 (d, ^=1.52 Hz, 1 H) 7.78 (s, 1 H). LCMS calcd for CzjHazCfeFNsC^ (M+H) 581, found 581. HPLC purity 87%. 4^4-{6-amJno-5-jl-(2,6-dichloro-3-fIuorophenvl)e1hoxy]pyridin-3-yl}-1 Wpyrazol-1 -yl)methyl]pip0ridin-4-ol (&Z): A reaction mixture of compound (3-C1 (145 mg; 025 mmol) with 4.0 M Hd in dioxane (2.0 mL; 8.1 mmol) in SmL of CHjClz was stirred at room temperature for 2.0 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated by vacuum. The residue was purified by Dionex system (5% to 95% MeCN:HzO w 0.1% HOAc buffer) to collect the desired fraction to afford 76 mg of (3-7) as a yellow grease (63% yield). 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-06) 5 ppm 1.41 -1.55 (m, 2 H) 1.59 • T.71 {m, 2 H) 1.81 (d, ^6.57 Hz, 3 H) 2.88 - 3.00 (m. 2 H) 3.02 - 3.14 (m, 2 H) 4.08 (s, 2 H) 5.17 (s, 2 H) 6.14 - 6.27 (m, J=6,57 Hz, 1 H) 7.05 (s, 1 H) 7.40 - 7.49 (m, J=8.72, 8.72 Hz, 1 H) 7.51 - 7.60 (m, Jb9.09,4.80 Hz, 1 H) 7.63 (s, 1 H) 7.76 (s, 1 H) 7.91 (s, 1 H) 8.51 (s, 1 H) 8.81 (s, 1 H). LCMS calcd for C2zHz4CI2FN5Oz (M+H) 481, found 481. HPLC purity 98%. Anal. (C2SHMClj,FN5Osx2.2HOAcx2.3HaO} C, H, N. General Procedure4: 2-I(4-bromo-1H-pyra2ol-1-yl)methyl)cyclopropanecarboxylate (4-3>; To a reaction solution of ethyt 2-(hydroxymethyl)cyclopropanecarbbxytate (4-1) (577 mg; 4.0 mmol) with E^N (1.1 mL; 8.0 mmol) and DMAP (49 mg; 0.4 mmol) in mmol). The resulting mixture ot brown color suspension was stirred at 0"C to room temperature under N* for overnight. The reacfion mixture was quenched with NaHCO3> then partitioned between CH2C12 (200 ml) and saturated NaHCO9 solution (50 mL); brine (50 mL). The organic layer was dried {Na^SCty, then filtered through slica gel pad, eluted with hexane:EtOAc/1:1. The {titrate was concentrated by vacuum to give 680 mg of ethyl 2-{[(methylsulfonyl}oxy]methyl}cyclopropanecarboxylate as a yellow oil (99% yield). 'H NMR (400 MHz, chioroform-D) « ppm 0.91 - 1.02 (m, 1 H) 1.26 (q, Jt6,S9 Hz, 3 H> 1^9 - 1 .36 (m, 1 H) 1 .63 - 1 .74 1 H) 1.18-1.29 (m, 3 H) 1.56-1.71 {m, 1 H) 1.79 -1.94 (m, 1 H) 3.96-4.08 (m,2 H) 4.07-4.17{m, 2H) 7.45 (d, Jb3.79 Hz, 2 H), LCMS calcd for doH^BrNA (M+H) 274. found 274. HPLC purity 95%. Ethyl • 2-{[4-(4,4,5,5-telfamethyl-1,3-dioxoborolan-2-yl)-l ff pyrazol-1-yl]methyl) cydopropanecarboxylate (4-4): A reaction mixture of compound [4-3) (812 mg, 2.97 mmol) and bis(pinacolaie)diboron (906 mg, 3.57mmol) with KOAc (991 mg, 10.10 mmol) in 10.0 ml of DMSO was purged with Na for 15 minutes, then PdCI2(dppf)2CH2CI2 (122 mg, 0.15 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at 80°C under N2 for overnight. After cooling down to room temperature, me mixture was filtered through Celite pad and washed well with EtOAc. The filtrate was extracted with H2O (2 x 50 ml}, brine (50 ml). The organic layer was dried (Na2SO Ethyl 2-((4-{6-am!no-5-[l -(2.6-dichloro-3-f luorophenyl)ethoxy]pyridin-3-vl}-1 H-pyrazol-1 - yl)methyl]cyclopropanecarboxylate (4-61: A reaction mixture of compound (4^.j (643 mg; 2.01 mmol} and 3-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluorophenyl)ethoxy]-5-iodopyridin-2-amine (4-5) (572 mg; 1.34 mmol) In 20.0 mL of ethytene glycol dimethylether, anhydrous (DME) was purged with N2 for 15 minutes, then f>d(ll)(PPh3)2Cla (71 mg, 0.1 mmol) was added and continued to purge with N2 for another 15 minutes. Another 1.0 N Na2CO3 solution (6.0 mL; 6.0 mmol) was added after purging with N2 for 15 minutes. The resulting mixture was stirred at 85°C under N2 for overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite pad and washed well with MeOH. The filtrate was concentrated by vacuum. The residue was partitioned between EtOAc (200 mL) and saturated NaHC03 solution (2 x 50 mL); brine (50 mL), The organic layer was dried {Na2S04), men concentrated by vacuum. The residue was purified by Blotage system (25 M CHzdz 100%; CH2CI2100% to 90% CH2CI2:10% MeOH) to collect the desired fraction to afford 600 mg of (4-6J as a brown color grease (91% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 6 ppm 0.96 -1.10 (m, 2 H) 1.15 (t, J=7.07 Hz, 2 H) 1.74 (s, 3 H) 1.79 (d, 4*=6.57 Hz. 3 H) 3.95 - 4.14 (m, 4 H) 5.66 (S, 2 H) 6.08 (d, Jt=6.57 Hz, 1 H) 6.8B (S. 1 H) 7.43 (t. J=8.72 Hz. 1 H) 7.49 - 7.62 (m, 2 H) 7.73 (s, 1 H) 7.88 (s. 1 H). LCMS calcd for CasHzaClzFNiOs (M+H) 494, found 494. HPLC purity 95%. 2-[(4-{6-amino-5-[1-(2,6-dichbro-3-fluorophenyl)etrioxy]pyridin-3-yl}-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)methyl]cyclopropanecarboxylic acid 14-7): To a reaction solution of compound (4-6) (377 mg, 0.76 mmol) in 5.0 mL of MeOH at room temperature under N2was added another solution of 2.0 N NaOH (2) (1.5 mL, 3.04 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at 80°C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated by vacuum to remove most of the MeOH and acidified by 2 M HCI to pH 4.0. The mixture was extracted with CHjCI2 (2 x 200 mL); the organic layers were washed with brine (50 mL), and dried (NaaSO 2-[(4-{6-amino-5-{1-(2,6-dichloro-3-1luorophenyl>ethoxy]pyridin-3-yl)-1W^yrazol-1-yl)methyl]-/V-methylcydopropanecarboxamide (4-8) (R = Me, R' = H): To a reaction solution of (4-7) (1.0 eq.) with - IPr2EtN (2.0 eq.) in 1.0 mL of DMF was added HATU (1.5 eq/). After stirring for 30 minutes, alkylamine (1.1 eq.) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for overnight. The reaction mixture was partitioned between EtOAc (200 mL) and saturated NaHC03 solution (2 x 50 ml) and brine (50 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na2S04) and concentrated by vacuum. The sample was free based by partitioning between EtOAc (200 mL) and saturated NaHCO3 solution (50 mL) and brine (50 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated by vacuum, The residue was treated with 1.0 mL of H2O and lyophilized to afford (4j3). General Proced To a solution of 4-(4,4l5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3)2]dloxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole (5 g, 25.77 mmol) and 2-bromo-2-methyl-propionic acid methyl ester -(12,6 g. 27.06 mmol) in DMF (85 mL), was added CszCO3 (12.6 g, 36.65 mmol).. The reaction mixture was heated to 90°C in an oil bath overnight. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and partitioned between water and ethyl acetate. The combined ethyl acetate solution was washed with water five times, dried over NasSO«, and concentrated to give the product 2-methyl-2-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1)3,23dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyra20l-1-yl] propionic acid methyl ester (4.776 g, 63% yield). To a solution of 3-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fIuoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-iodo-pyridin-2-ylamine (6.363 g, 14.901 mmol) and 2-methyl-2-[4-(4l4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1.3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyra2ol-1-yl] propionic acid methyl ester (4.6 g, 15.64 mmol) in DME (27 mL) was added a solution of CsF (6.79 g, 44.7 mmol) in -70- water (9.3 ml). The reaction mixture was degassed 3 times with N2. Pd(dppf)CH2CI2 was added and the reaction mixture was degassed 3 times with N2. The reaction was heated to 120°C in the microwave (subsequent Pd was added in intervals of 30 minutes until the reaction was complete). Water was added and the reaction was extracted with EtOAc, dried over Na2S04. and concentrated to give 2-(4-{6-amino-5-[1 -(2,6-d!chtoro-3-f(fcio,'o-phenyl)-ethoxy]-pyridin-3-yl}-pyrazol-1 -yl)-2-methyl-propionic acid methyl ester. The crude product V/HV purified by a silica gel column chromatography with a gradient of 25%-50% EtOAc/hexanes to provide 2-(4-{6-Amino-5-l1 -(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-pyridin-3-yl}-pyrazol-1-yl)-2-methyl-propionic add methyl ester (1.48 g, 21.% yield) with a R,0.11 (50% EtOAc/hexanes). To a solution of the methyl ester (2.92 g, 6.25 mmol) in MeOH (31 ml) was added a solution of LiOH (450 mg, 18.76 mmol) In water (6.25 mL). The reaction was heated to 60°C until LCMS showed complete hydrolysis (about 45 minutes), The MeOH was removed in vacuo and MeOH (2.5 mL) and water (1 mL) was added. The pH was adjusted to pH 5 with 1N HO, in which the product precipitated out. The 2-(4-{6-amino-5-I1 -(2,6-dichlofo-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-pyridiri-3-vl]-pyrazol-1 -yi)-2-methyl-propionic acid product was obtained after filtration (2.825 g, quant). To a solution of 2-(4-{6-amino-5-[1-(2l6-dlchloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxyI-pyridin-3-yl}-pvrazoH-yl)-2-methyl-propionic acid (1.00 g, 2.20 mmol) in DMF (5.5 mL) were added HOBT (300mg, 2.20 mmol), EDO (633 mg, 3.30 mmol), and W,W-dimethvl-propane-1,3-diamine (225 mg, 2.20 mmol). The reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was then purified by reversed phase C-18 prep HPLC eluting with acetonitrlle/water with 0.1% acetic acid to afford 2-(4-{6-amino-5-{1-(2,6-dichloTO-3-fluoro-prienyl)-ethoxy].pyridin-3-yl}-pyrazol-1 •yl)-/V-(3-dime1hylamino-propyl)-isobutyramide (170 mg, 14% To a solution of 5-bromo-3-[(fl)-1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-pyridin-2-ylamine (12.83 g, 33.76 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (100 mL) was added di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (21.25 g, 97.35 mmol) and 4-dimethyIamirropyridine (0.793 g, 6.49 mmol). The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 18 hours under nitrogen. To the mixture was added saturated NaHCO3 solution (300 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (3x250 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (5x100 mL), sat. NaHCOg, and brine, then dried over Na2SO4. After filtration, evaporation, and high vacuum drying, di-boc protected 5-bromo-3-[(fl)-1-(2,6-dichloro-3-lluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-pyridin-2-yIamine was obtained as an off-white foam solid (19.59 g, 100% yield). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 400 MHz) 68.18 (d, 1H), 7.83 (d, 1H), 7.59 (dd, 1H). 7.48 (t, 1H), 6.25 (q, 1H), 1J5 (d, 3H), 1.39 (S, 9H). 1.19 (S, 9H). To a solution of the di-boc protected 5-bromo-3-[(fl)-t-(216-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-pyridin-2-ylamine (19.58 g, 33.76 mmol) in DMSO (68 mL) was added potassium acetate (11.26 g, 114.78 mmol) and bis(pinacolato)diboron (10.29 g, 40.51 mmol). The mixture was degassed and charged with nitrogen three times, then Pd(dppf)CI2.CH2CI2 (1.38 g, 1.69 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was degassed and charged with nitrogen three times, and then stirred at 60°C oil bath under nitrogen for 12 hours. The reaction was cooled to ambient temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL), and filtered through a celite pad which was washed with ethyl acetate. The combined ethyl acetate solution (700 mL) was washed with water (5x100 mL), brine (100 mL), and dried over NazSO4. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified on a silica gel column eluting with EtOAc/Hexane (0%-50%) to provide di-boc protected 3-[(fl)-1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy>S-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1.3.2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridin.2-ylamine as a foam sold {20.59 g, 97% yield). 1H NMR (DMSO-de. 400 MHz) 5 8.20 (d, 1H), 7.70 (d, 1H), 7.63 (dd, 1H), 7.47 (t, 1H). 6.20 (q, 1H), 1,73 (d, 3H). 1.50-1.13 (m, 30H). To a solution of di-boc protected 3-[(fl)-1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-e1hOxy]-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethy1-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridin-2-ylamine (20.34 g, 32.42 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (80 mL) was added a solution of dry HCI in dioxane (4N, 40.5 mL, 162 mmol). The reaction solution was stirred at 40°C oil bath under nitrogen for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, diluted with EtOAc (400 mL). then washed carefully but quickly with saturated NaHC03 until the water layer was basic (pH>8). The organic layer was washed with brine, and dried over Na2S04. After filtration, evaporation, and high vacuum drying, 3-[(fl)-1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-(4l4,5I5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridin-2-ylamine was obtained as an off-white foam solid (13.48 g, 97% yield). !H NMR (DMSO-de, 400 MHz) 5 8.01 (d, 1H}, 7.27 (dd, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 7.03 (t, 1H), 6.12 (q, 1H)r5.08 (b$, 2H), 1.81 (d, 3H), 1.30 (s, 6H), 1.28 (S, 6 To a stirred solution of 3-[(fi)'1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluorO'phenyl)-ethoxy]-5"(4,4)5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridin-2-ylamine (4.2711 g, 10.0 mmol) and 4-{4-bromo-pyrazol-1-yl)-piperi(flne-1-cartoxyllc acid tert-butyl ester (see procedure 11) (3.9628 g, 12.0 mmol) in DME (40 ml) was added a solution of Na2CO3 (3.1787 g, 30.0 mmol) in water (10 mL). The solution was degassed and charged with nitrogen three times. To the solution was added Pd(PPh3)zCI2 (351 mg, 0.50 mmol). The reaction solution was degassed and charged with nitrogen again three times. The reaction solution was stirred at 87°C oil bath lor about 16 hours (or until consumption of the borane pinacol ester), cooled to ambient temperature and diluted with EtOAc (200 mL). The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and washed with EtOAc. The EtOAc solution was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 To a solution of 4-(4-{6-amlno-5-[(fl)-1-(2,6-dichtoro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]^pyridin-3-yl}-pyrazol-1-yl)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (566.7 mg, 1.03 mmol) in methanol (5 ml) or dichloromethane (30 mL) was added 4N HCI/dioxane (15 mL}. The solution was stirred for about 1 hour or until the de-protection was complete. The solvents were evaporated and the residue was dissolved in melhanol and purified on a reversed phase C-18 preparative HPLC eluting with acetonitrile/water with 0.1% acetic acid from 5% to 30% with a linear gradient. After lyophilization, 3-[(fl)-1-(2.6- To a suspension of 3-[l-(2,6-Dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-(t-pipertdin-4-yl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-pyridin-2-ylamine as the HCI salt (procedure 6) (150 mg, 0.288 mmoi) in CH2CI2 (2 mL) was added NEta (0.121 mL, 0.863 mmol) and stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature. The reaction was cooled to 0°C and acetic acid chlorocarbonylmethyl ester was added and stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. The reaction was monitored by LC-MS and after complete conversion to the desired product, water (2 mL) was added. The reaction was extracted with EtOAc (4x10 mL), dried over NaaSO* and concentrated to give quantitative yield of acetic acid 2-[4-{4-{6-amino-5-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxyj-pyrtdin-3-yl}-pyrazol-1 -yl)-piperidin-1 -yTj-2-oxo-ethyl ester (164 mg, quant). To solution of acetic acid 2-[4-(4-{6-amino-5-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3-flubro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-pyridin-3-ylJ-pyrazol-1-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl ester (164 mg, 0.298 mmol) in MeOH (4 mL) was added LiOH (7 mg, 0,298 mmol) dissolved In 1 mL of water. The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature in which LC-MS showed complete conversion to the 1-[4-(4-{6-amino-5-[1-(2,6-dichtorO'3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-pyridin-3-yl}-pyrazol-1-yl)-piperidin-1-ylJ-2-hydroxy-ethanone. The product was purified on a reversed phase C-18 preparative HPLC eluting with acetonitrile/water having 0.1% acetic add from 10% r.L A 100 mL of flask with a stir bar was dried in an oven and cooled in a dry nitrogen atmosphere. The flask was equipped with a rubber syringe cap. The flask was immersed in an Ice-water bath under nitrogen, and 1.6 mL (1.6 mmol) of 1.0 M borane solution in THF was introduced. Then 2-(4-{5-Amino-6-[1-{2,6^ichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-emoxy]^yra2in-2-yl}-pyra20t-l-yO-2-rnethyl-propionic acid (procedure 5) (0.1 g, 0.221 mmol) in anhydrous THF (1.0 mL) was introduced. The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature under nitrogen for 5 hours, and 6 N HCI (1.1 mL) was added sfowly, and then HaO (1.1 mL) and MeOH (7.4 mL) were introduced. The reaction mixture was stirred continually overnight. Most of solvents were evaporated in vacuo, and then a 1 N NaOH solution was used to adjust pH to 11. Water was added, and the solution was extracted with EtOAc (3x30mL) and dried over Na2S04- After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified with a reverse phase preparative HPLC elutlng with acetonitrile/water containing 0.1% acetic acid from 10% to 60%. After lyophilization of the pure fractions, 2-(4-{6-amino-5-li -{2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxyl-pvridin-3-ylhpyra2ol-1 -yl)-2-methyl-propan-1 -ol acetate was obtained as a white solid (21 mg, 22% yield). General Procedure 9 . To an ice cooled solution of substituted benzyl alcohol (1,0 molar equivalent) and anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (0.14 M) Is added sodium hydride (1.0 molar equivalent) slowly under nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 30 minutes, 3,5-dibromopyrazin-2-ylamine (1.0 molar equivalent) In tetrahydrofuran (0.56 M) is added via an addition funnel at a fast dropwtse rate. Once the addition is complete the ice bath is removed and the reaction refluxed under nitrogen and monitored by reversed phase HPLC. After 18 h HPLC typically shows that the majority of the starting 3,5-dibromopyrazin-2-ylamine has been consumed and the reaction is allowed to cool to room temperature. The reaction mixture Is concentrated, diluted with ethyl acetate, and washed with brine. The organic layer is dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated In vacuum. The crude product is purified using a silica get eluting with 1:1 ethyl acetate/dichloromethane to yield the 5-brom6-3-(substituted-berizyloxy)-pyrazin-2-yiamine as a white solid in 60-90% yield. General Procedure 10 Y: CH or N A mixture of 5-bromo-3-(substituted-benzyloxy)-pyridin-2-ylamine or 5-bromo-3-(substituted- benzyloxy)-pyrazin-2-y!amine (1 molar equivalenl). substituted 4-pyrazoryl boronic acid or ester (1.2 molar equivalent), bis(triphenylphosphine) palladium II chloride (0.03 molar equivalent) and sodium carbonate (3.0 molar equivalent.) in ethylene glycol dimethyl ether and water (4:1, 0.2 M) is de-gassed and charged with nitrogen three times, and then heated to reflux under nitrogen overnight The reaction Is cooled to ambient temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate. The mixture is washed with water, brine, dried over Na2S04, and purified on a silica gel column to afford 5-(substituted pyrazol-4-yl)-3-{substituted-benzy!oxy)-pyridin-2-ylamine, or 5-(substituted pyrazol-4-yl )-3-(substituted-benzyloxy)-pyrazin-2-ylamine. General Procedure 11: (Figure Removed) To a stirred solution of 4-hydroxy-piperidine-l-carboxylic acid /erf-butyl ester (7.94 g. 39.45 mmol) in CH2CI8 (100 ml), cooled to 0°C. was slowly added NEtg (5.54 mL, 39.45 mmol) followed by methane sulfonyl chloride (3.06 mL, 39.45 mmol) and DMAP (48 mg, 0.39 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight To the mixture was added water (30 mL). Extraction with CH2CI2 (3 x 30 mL) followed by drying (Na2SO4) and removal of the solvent in vacuo afforded 4-methanesulfbnyloxy-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester as a white solid (11.00 g, >99% yield). 1H NMR (CDCfe, 400 MHz) 8 4.89 (m, 1H), 3.69 (m, 2H), 3.31 (m, 2H), 3.04 (s, 3H), 1.95 (m, 2H), 1.83 (m, 2H), 1.46 (S, 9H). To a stirred solution of 4-bromo-pyrazole (10.44 g, 71.03 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (96 mL), cooled to 0°C, was slowly added NaH (60% in mineral oil) (3.13 g, 78.133 mmol). The solution was stirred for 1 hour at 0°C. 4-Methanesulfonyloxy-piperidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (19.82 g , 71.03 mmol) was added slowly and the reaction was heated to 100°C overnight or until consumption of the pyrazole by NMR. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and water added (20 mL) followed by extraction with EtOAc. The combined extracts were washed with saturated aqueous NaCI (4 x 20 mL), dried with NazSO* and concentrated to afford 4-(4-bromo-pyrazol-1-yl)-piperidIne-1-carboxyBc acid tert-butyl ester as an orange oil. The oil was purified using silica get chromatography eluting with 10% EtOAc/hexanes to 25% EtOAc/hexanes to provide 4-(4-bromo-pyra2ol-1-yl)-piperldine-1-carboxylic add tert-butyl ester as a white solid (10.55 g. 45% yield) with a fy = 0.4 (25% EtOAc/hexanes, using iodine as the stain). 'H NMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz) S 7.46 (s, 1H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 4.23 (m, 3H), 2.88 (m, 2H), 2.10 (m, 2H),1.88(m,2H),1.47(s,9H). To a solution of 4-(4-bromo-pyrazol-1-yl)-piperidine-1-carboxyi!c acid tert-butyl ester (500 mg, ' 1.515 mmol) in CHjjCfe (3 mL) was added TFA (3 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature until LCMS indicated completion of the reaction. The solvents were removed in vacuo, and the residue was dissolved in MeOH (15 mL). The pH of the solution was adjusted to 9 with hydroxide resin to afford 4-(4r bromo-pyrazol-1 -yl)-piperidine. To a solution of 4-(4-bromo-pyrazol-1-yl)-piperidine (375 mg, 1.63 mmol) in DMF (3.26 mL) was added NEta (230 uL, 1.63 mmol) and stirred for 5 minutes. Methyllodide (Mel) (1.63 mL. 1M Mel in DMF, freshly made) was added and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. Water was added and the solution was extracted with EtOAc (4x10 mL). The organic solution was washed with brine, dried with Na2SO General Procedure 12: To a solution of 3-((fl)-1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy>5-(1W-pyrazol-4*yl)-pyrazin-2-ylamine (295 mg, 0.80 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (4 mL) was added NaH (60% in mineral oil, 30.7 mg, 0.80 mmot). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature untie* riitrogen for 0.5 h, and then 4-methanesutfonytoxy-pipertdine-1-carboxylic acid tert-bulyt ester (223.5 mg, 0.80 mmol) was introduced. The reaction mixture was heated to 90°C oil bath for 0.5 h under nitrogen, and cooled to ambient temperature. Water was added slowly to the mixture, which was extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, and dried over NasSCV The crude product was purified on a silica get column to provide 4-(4-{5-amino-6-[(R)-1 -(2,6-dichloro-3-f luorc-phenyl) -ethoxy]-pyrazin-2-y1}-pyrazol-1 -yl)-piperidlne-1 -carboxyllc add tert-butyl ester as a white solid (265 mg, 59% yield). To a solution of 4-(4-{5-amino-6-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-elhoxy]-pyrazin-2-yl)-pyrazoM-yl)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (265 mg, 0.48 mmol} in CH2CI2 was added 4N HCI/dioxane (4 ml). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for one hour.' After evaporation, the residue was dissolved in methanol (2.5 ml), and was purified on a reverse phase C-18 reparative HPLC eluting with acetonririle/water containing 0.1% acetic acid with a linear gradient of 10%-40%. After lyophilizatlon, 3-[(R)-1 -(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-£-(1 -piperidin-4-yl-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)-pyrazin-2-ylamine acetate was obtained as a white solid (125 mg, 51 % yield). General Procedure 13: (Figure Removed) O-(7-azabenzotrlazol-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronlum phosphorus pentafluoride (HATU) (66 mg, 0.17 mmol) was added to a solution of 2-(4-{6-Amino-5-[1-(2l6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-elhoxy]-pyridin-3-yl}-pyrazol-l-yl)-propionic acid (69 mg, 0.16 mmol), triethylamine (0.024 mL, 0.17 mmol) and 3-dimethylamino-prcpylamine (0.022 ml, 0.17 mmol) in 1.6 ml of DMF. After stirring for 3 hours, the reaction was concentrated by rotary evaporation. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography using gradient elution of dichloromethane, methanol, ammonium hydroxide to afford 2-(4-{6-Amino-5-[1- {2,6-dicWoro-3-fluoro-ph8ny))-ethoxy]-pyridin-3-yl}-pyra2ol-1-yl)-N-(3-dimethylaiTiino-propyl)-propionamide. {41 mg, 50%). Compound 14-1 (1.3 molar equivalent) is added to a solution of aryl halide (0,21 mmol) in 3 mL of DME. The mixture Is purged with nitrogen several times and then dichlorobis(triphenylphosphino) palladium (II) (0.05 molar equivalent) is added. Sodium carbonate (3 molar equivalent) in 0.6 mL of HaO is added to the reaction mixture and the resulting solution heated to 85°C for 12 h. Water is added to the reaction mixture to quench the reaction. EtOAc is then added to extract the aqueous solution. Dry EtOAc layer over I^SO*. The Na2SO4 is filtered off and the filtrate evaporated to give a dark brown oil residue. The residue is purified by silica gel chromatography (eluting with CH3OH, CHzCfe, ElOAc, and hexanes) to give desired product, compound 14-2. Ge3'ylH4-[6-amino-5-[1-(2,6-dichlaro-3-1luoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-pyridin-3-vl}-pheny1)-methanone, but can be adapted to form other compounds by appropriate choice of aryl halide or heteroaryl halide ArX. To a mixture of [3-{4-iodo-benzoyi)-3-aza-bicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yI]-carbamic acid tert-butyi ester (100 mg, 0.234 mmol) and 3-[l-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-(4.4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridin-2-ylamine (100 mg, 0.234 mmol) in DME (2 mL) was added Pd(dppfhClz.CH2Cl2 (10 mg, 0.012mmol) and CsjCOa (351 mg, 0.702 mmol). The mixture was bubbled with nitrogen for 10 min then microwaved at 150°C for 30 min. LCMS checked that the reaction was completed. The crude reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate followed by washings with water and brine. The solution was dried over MgS04. Purification by prep-HPLC afforded a solid. The solid was stirred with 4 N HCi/dioxane (3 mL) for 3 hr at room temperature. Removal of the volatiles led to a residue that was purified by prep-HPLC .to afford (6-amino-3-aza-bicyclo[3.1.0]hex-3-yl)-(4-{6-amino-5-[1-(2I6-dichlorc-3-fluoro-phenyO-ethoxy]-pyridin'3-yl}-phenyl)-methanone (30 mg, yield 26%). Genera) Procedure 16: Diethylazodicarboxylate (0.48 mL, 3.1 mmol) was added to a 0°C solution of triphenylphosphine (0.80 g, 3.1 mmol) in THF (20 mi). After stirring for 5 minutes, 4-bromo-pyrazole (0.30 mg, 2.0 mmol) was added. After another 5 minutes of stirring, (2-hydroxyethyl)-melhyl-carbamic acid ten-butyl ester (0.45 g, 2.6 mmol) was added. The reaction was allowed so warm to room temperature and stir overnight The reaction was cooled to 0°C and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated by rotary evaporation. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography using gradient elution of dichloromethane, ethyl acetate to afford [2-(4-bromo-pyrazol-1-yl)-ethyl]-methyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (541 mg, 87%). General Procedure Sodium hydride (0.12 g, 4.9 mmol) was added to a solution of 4-bromc-4/fpyrazole (0.60 g, 4.1 mmol) in DMF (10 mL). After stirring for 10 minutes, a solution of 2-chloro-propionic acid methyl ester in DMF (4 mL) was added. After stirring for 4 hours, the reaction was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The phases were separated and ihe aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were dried over MgSO4 and concentrated by rotary evaporation. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography using gradient elution of ethyl acetate and hexanes to afford 2-(4-bromo-pyrazoM-yl)-propionic add methyl ester (733 mg, 77%). General Procedure 18: A solution of LiOH (34 mg, 1.4 mmol) in water (0.4 mL) was added to a solution OT ii-t4-io-«rreno-5-[1-(2r6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-pyridir»-3-yl}-pyrazol-1-y1)-propionic.acid methyl ester (70 mg. 0.15 mmol) in a mixture THF (1.5 mL) and MeOH (0.4 mL). After stirring overnight, the reaction was partitioned between dichloromethane and half-saturated brine. A small amount of ethanol was added and the pH was adjusted to 7 with 1 M HCI. The phases were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic phases were dried over NaaSOi, filtered and concentrated by rotary evaporation to give 2-(4-{6-amino-5-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-plienyl)-ethoxy]-pyridin-3-yl}-pyrazol-1 -yl)-propionic acid (69 mg, 100%). General Procedure 19: (Figure Removed) To a stirred solution of 3-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-elhoxyl-5-iodo-pyridln-2-y1amln8 (100 mg, 0.23 mmol) and 3-methyl-1H-pyrazole (59 mg, 0.70 mmol)in DMSO (1 mL was added KaP04 (101 mg, 0.47 mmol), dodecane (0.015 mL, 0.05 mmol), cyclohexanedlamine (0.009 mL, 0.07 mmol) and copper iodide (Cul) (14 mg, 0.07 mmol). The solution was bubbled with nitrogen for 5 minutes, then radiated with microwave at 150°C for 2 hours, LCMS checked that the reaction was completed, the mixture was purified by prep-HPLC to leave 3-[l-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-(3-m8thyl-pyrazol-1-yl)-pyridin-2-y!amine (30 mg), yield 34.2%. General Procedure 20: (Figure Removed) To a stirred solution of 4-(3-{6-Amino-5-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-pyridin-3-yl}-pyrazoM-yl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxyfic acid methyl ester (105 mg, 0.21 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added 2 M CHsNHj in THF (1.06 mL, 2.12 mmol), the mixture was stirred and heated at 55°C for 18 hours, LCMS checked that the reaction was completed, remove THF, the residue was purified by prep-HPLC to leave 4- -80- (4-{6-am1no-5-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fiuoro-pheny!)-ethoxyJ-pyridin-3-yl}-pyra20l-1-yl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methylamide (30 mg), yield 28.6%. L=Br,OMs tert-butyf 4-(4,4l5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan'2-yl)-1H-pyrazo!e-1-carboxylate (21-1): Di-tert-butyl dlcarbonate (7.2 molar equivalent). 4-(dimethy!amino)pyridine (0.84 molar equivalent) were added to a solution of 4,4,5,5-tetrametr»yJ-2-(l H-pyrazote-4-yl)-1,3,2-dioxaborolana (6 mmol) in 40 ml of DMR The. reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. Water was added to the reaction mixture to quench the reaction. EtOAc was then added to extract the aqueous solution. Dry EtOAc layer over NagSCV The Na2SO4 was filtered off and the filtrate was evaporated to give s brown yellow o3 residue as compound 21-1 (1.32 g; 4.56 mmol; 76%). *H NMR (400 MHz, chloroform-D) C ppm 1.32 (s, 12 H) 1.63 (s. 9 H) 7.91 (s, 1 H) 8.37 (s, 1 H). The residue was used for the next step reaction without further purification. Compound glj*. shown with the specific example of 3-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluorophenyl)ethoxy]-5-(1 rfpyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-2-arrtine (21j3a): Compound 21^1 (1.0 molar equivalent) was added to a solution of compound 21- =S.S7 Hz, 3 H} 5.07 (s, 2 H) 6.06 (q, Jb6.57 Hz, 1 H) 6.89 (d, vA=1.77 Hz, 1 H) 6.96 - 7.06 (m, 1 H) 7.22 - 7.33 (m. 1 H) 7;67 (s, 2 H) 7.80 (d, J=1.52 Hz, 1 H). To make compounds of formula 21-4, the following exemplary procedure can be used: sodium hydride (1.2 molar equivalent) is added to a solution of compound 21-3 (0.87 mmol) in 10 mL of DMF. The mixture Is stirred at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere for 30 mln and then compound 21-6 (1 molar equivalent) Is added. The resulting solution is heated to 85-90°C for 12 h. Water (20 mL) is added to the reaction mixture to quench the reaction. EtOAc (50 mL x 2) is then added to extract the aqueous solution. Dry EtOAc layer over Na2SO4. The Na2SO4 is filtered off and the filtrate is evaporated. The residue is purified by silica gel chromatography (eluting with EtOAc in hexanes) to give the desired product, compound 21-4 (20-50% yield). General Procedure 22: (Figure Removed) Compounds of formula 22-3 can be prepared by the following exemplary procedure: Compound 22-2 (1.2 molar equivalent) is added to a solution of compound 22-1 (0.24 mmol) and base (3-5 molar equivalent) and/or coupling reagent (1 molar equivalent) in 5 mL of DMF. The mixture Is stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere for 12 h. Water (20 ml) is added to the reaction mixture to quench the reaction. EtOAc (50 mL x 2) is then added to extract the aqueous solution. Dry EtOAc layer over NajSO*. The NajSO* is filtered off and the filtrate evaporated. The residue is purified by silica gel chromatography (eluting with CH3OH, CH2Clz, EtOAc, and hexanes) to give the desired product, compound 22-3. General Procedure 23: The following procedure can be used to prepare plperidine-pyrazole-2-aminopyridine derivatives. fart-butyl 4-(4-iodo-1H-pvrazol-1-vnpiperidine-1-carboxvlate (23-1 a) NaH (1.2 eq., 0.68 mmol) was added portionwise to a stirred solution of 4-iodopyrazole (0.57 mmol) in DMF (2 L) at 4°C. The resulting mixture was stirred for 1 hour at 4°C and compound 23-4 (1.1 eq., 0.63 mmol) was then added. The resulting mixture was heated to 100°C for 12 h. The reaction was quenched with HaO and extracted with EtOAc several times. The combined organic layers were dried, filtered, and concentrated to afford an orange oil. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (eluting with 5% EtOAc in pentane) to give compound 23-1 a as a white solid (140 g, 66%). tert-butvl-4-f4-(4.4.5.5-letramethv>-1,3.2-dioxaborolan»2-vlVl H-ovrazol-1-vllpiperidine-1-carboxvlate (23- Bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.4 eq., 134 g, 0.52 mol) and potassium acetate (4 eq., 145 g, 1.48 mol) were added sequentially to a solution of compound 23-1 a (140 g, 0.37 mol) in 1. 5 L ol DMSO. The mixture was purged with nitrogen several times and dichlorobis(triphenylphosphlno) palladium (II) (0.05 eq., 12.9 g, 0.018 mol) was then added. The resulting mixture was heated at 80°C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered through a bed of celite and washed with EtOAc. The filtrate was washed with saturated NaCI (500 mL x 2). dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by sifica gel chromatography (eluting with 5% EtOAc in hexanes) to give compound 23-1 b as a white solid (55 g, 40%). Compound 23-2 (1.0 molar equivalent) was added to a solution of compound 23-1 b (1.3 molar equivalent) in 15 ml of DME. The mixture was purged with nitrogen several times and then dichlorobis(triphenylphosphino) palladium (II) (0.05 molar equivalent) was added. Cesium carbonate (3 molar equivalent) In 4 mL of H2O was added to the reaction mixture and the resulting solution was heated to 85°C for 12 h. Water (10 mL) was added to the reaction mixture to quench the reaction. EtOAc (150 mL x 2) was then added to extract the aqueous solution, Dry EtOAc layer over Na2SO«. The Na2SO4 was filtered off and the filtrated was evaporated to give a dark brown oil residue. The residue was purified by - silica gel chromatography (eluting with eluting with 75-»100 % ElOAc in hexanes) to give compound 23-3a (61% yield). Hydrochloride (19 eq., 12 mmol) was added to a solution of compound 23-3a (0.63 mmol) in MeOH (4 ml). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The solvent was evaporated and HSO (10 ml) was added. Saturated NaHC03(aq) was added to neutralize the solution to pH 7. Ethyl acetate (100 ml x 2) was added to extract the aqueous solution. The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4l filtered, and-evaporated to give compound 23-5a as a solid reside (0.6 mmol, 95% yield). • Compounds of formula 23-7 can-be formed according to the following general procedure: Compound 23-8 (1.2 molar equivalent) is added to a solution of compound 23-5a (024 mmol) and base (3-5 molar equivalent) and/or coupling reagent (1 molar equivalent) in 5 ml of DMF. The mixture is stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere for 12 h. Water (20 ml) is added to the reaction mixture to quench the reaction. EtOAc (50 mL x 2) is then added to extract the aqueous solution. Dry EtOAc layer over Na2SO4. The Na2SO4 is filtered off-and the filtrated is evaporated to give an oil residue. The residue is purified by silica, gel chromatography (eluting with ChUOH, CH2CI2, EtOAc, and hexanes) to give the desired product, compound 23-7a. General Procedure 3-methoxy compounds can be prepared from the corresponding 3-fluoro compounds by the following genera) procedure. To 4 mL of DMSO is added 0.124 mL ethanol followed by 32 mg NaH. After stirring for 30 minutes 250 mg of 24-1 is added and the reaction heated tc 40°C. After three hours the reaction Is cooled and poured into water to precipitate. After neutralization to pH 6, the product 24-2 is isolated. General Procedure 25: THF (Figure Removed) To a stirred solution of 3-[1-(2>6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-[1-(2,2-dimethyl-[1,3]dioxolan-4-yimethyl)-1H-pyra2ol-4-yl]-pyridin-2-vlamine (150 mg, 0.31 mmol) in THF (3 mL) and H2O (2 mL) was added TFA (2 mL) at 0°C, the mixture was stirred and warmed to room temperature, then heated at 50*0 for 5 hours, LCMS checked that the reaction was completed, remove THF, the residue was purified by prep-HPLC to leave 3-(4-{6-amino-5-tl-{2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-prienyl)-ethoxy]-pyridin'3-vl}-pyrazol-1-vl)-propane-1,2-diol (102 mg), yield 74.2%. To a stirred solution of 4-bromc-l H-pyrazole in DMF was added sodium hydride at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, [1,3]dioxolan-2-one was added, the mixture was stirred and slowly warmed to room temperature. The reaction was monitored by TLC. After tile reaction was done, EtOAc was added, washed with saturated NaHCO3, water and brine, dried with NajSO*, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel, eluants EtOAc and DCM 10%, to give 2-(4-Bromo-pyrazot-1-yl)-ethanol 0.22 g, yield 34%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, chloroform-D) 5 ppm 7.49 (s, 1 H) 7.46 (s, 1 H) 4.18 - 4.23 (m, 2 H) 3.93 - 3.98 (m, 2 H) 3.09 (s, 1 H). in a dry round bottom flask Is added the pyrazote (1 eq) and NaH (1 eq) in anhydrous DMF (0.2 M). The desired nucleophile is added (1 eq) and the reaction is heated for 17 hours at 90 *C. To the reaction mixture is added water (20 mL} and EtOAc (20 mL). The aqueous layer is extracted with EtOAc (4 x 20 ml) followed by drying (Na?S04) and removal of the solvent in vacuo to give the desired crude product Purify by silica gel column chromatography. Genera} Procedure 28 (Figure Removed) Jo a stirred solution of 2>6-dichloro-3.5-difluoro-phenol (25 g, 125.62 mmol) in CHaCIa (250 mL), cooled to 0 °C, was slowly added N-methyl morpholine (21 mL, 188.43 mmol) followed by trifluoromethane surtonic anhydride (32 mL, 138,43 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. To the mixture was added water (50 mL}. Extraction with CH2Ck (3 x 50 mL) followed by drying (NazS04) and removal of the solvent in vacuo afforded 28-2 as an oil (42.18 g, >99% yield). *H NMR (CDCb, 400 MHz) 8 7.15 (t, 1H) To a stirred solution of trifluoro-methanesuHonlc acid 2,6-dichloro-3,5-difluoro-ph6rtyl ester 28-2 (42.18 g, 127.43mmol) and 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-vinyl-[ll3,2] dioxaborolane (21.59 g, 140.17 mmol) in DME (200 mL), was added Na?CO3 (40.52 g. 382.29 mmol} dissolved In water (SO mL). The combined solutions were degassed 3x with NE. Palladium dichloro triphenylphosphine (1.78 g, 2.54 mmol) was added and the reaction solution was degassed again 3x with N2. The reaction was stirred for 15 hours at 70 °C. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and EtOAc (50 mL) was added. The solution was filtered through a pad of celite and washed with EtOAc and water. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 x mL). The combined organics were dried with Na2SQ4 and removal of the solvent in vacuo afforded 28t3 as an orange oil. The oil was purified on a pad of silica gel with 5% EtOAc/Hexanes to obtain a clear oN (26.12 g, 99% yield). 'H NMR (CDCI9l 400 MHz) 5 6.96 (t, 1H), 6.66 (m, 1H), 5.85 (m, 2H). ... To a solution of 28-3 (26.63 g, 127.43 mmol), in CHZCIZ (320 mL) cooted to -78 "C was bubbled in ozone (O3) for 30 minutes until the reaction turned dark blue. The reaction was then purged with N2 for 5 minutes. Dimethyl sulfide (50 mL, 637.15 mmol) was added slowly changing the color of the reaction to yellow. Allow the reaction to warm to room temperature. Wash the organic with water (3 x 50 mL). The organics were dried with Na2SO4 and removal of the solvent in vacuo afforded 28-4 as an orange oil (17.13 g, 65% yield). 1H NMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz) 810.43 (s, 1 H), 7.24 (t, 1H). In a dry round bottom flask purged with N2was added 26-4 (17.13 g, 81.85 mmol) in THF (109 mL) cooled to 0 °C was added MeMgBr slowly (64.3 mL, 90.04 mmol, 1.4M in THF). The reaction was allowed to stir for 15 hours at room temperature. Saturated aqueous NH4CI (30 mL) and EtOAc (30 mL) were added and the aqueous layer was then extracted with EtOAc (3 x 30 mL). The combined organics were dried with Na2SO, and removal of the solvent in vacuo afforded 28-5 as an orange oil (16.9 g, 92% yield). 'H NMR (CDCI3,400 MHz) 6 6.98 (t, 1H), 5.62 (m, 1H), 1.65 (d, 3H). - To a stirred solution of 28-5 (16.90 g, 75.169 mmol) in CHaCI2 {150 mL), cooled to 0 °C, was slowly added NEk (107 mL, 75.169 mmol) followed by methane sulfonyl chloride (5.94 mL, 75.169 mmol) and DMAP (92 mg, 0.075 mmol}. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. To the mixture was added water (50 mL). Extraction with CH2C!2 (3 x 50 mL) followed by drying (NajSO,) and removal of the solvent in vacuo afforded 28-6 {21.48 g, 95% yield). 'H NMR (CDCI3l 400 MHz) 6 7.07 (t, 1H), 6.48 (m,1H),2.96(s,3H). To a stirred solution of 28-6 (1.15 g, 3.78 mmol) and 2-amino-5-bromo-pyridin-3-ol (3.78 g, 3.78 mmol) in DMF (8 mL, 0.5 M) was added Cs^COa (1 .23 g, 3.78 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 17 hours at 60 °C. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and water (20 ml) was added. The solution was extracted with EtOAc (4 x 20 mL), dried' with Na2SO4 and removal of the solvent in vacuo. The crude reaction was purified by silica gel column chromatography to afford a light yellow solid 28-7 (600 mg, 41% yield). 'H NMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz) 5 7.69 (s. 1H), 7.04 (t, 7.04), 6.01 (m, 1H), 4.80 (bs, 2H), 1.82(d,3H). To a stirred solution of 28-7 (395 mg, 1 mmol) and dioxaborolane (565 mg, 1.5 mmol) in DME {200 ml), was added CszCO3 (975 mg, 3 mmol) dissolved in water (1 mL). The combined solutions were degassed 3x with N2. Pd(dppf)2CHaCI2 (41 g, 0.05 mmol) was added and the reaction solution was degassed again 3x with N2. The reaction was stirred for 15 hours at 70 °C. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and EtOAc (25 mL) was added. The solution was filtered through a pad of celite and washed with EtOAc and water. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 25mL). The combined organics were dried with Na2SO In an oven-dried microwave vessel was added a nudeophile (OH, alkoxy, or amine) (0.2 mmol) and base {NaH, 0.2 mmol) in anhydrous DMF. The reaction vessel was capped and heated in the microwave for 30 min at 120 °C. After complete displacement, to the reaction mixture was added water (20 mL) and EtOAc (20 ml). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (4 x 20 mL). The organics were combined and washed with water (3 x 20 mL), dried with Na2SO Example 1: tert-butyl 3-[(4-{6-amino-5-[1 -(2,6-dichloro-3-fluorophenyl)ethoxy]pyridin-3-yl)-1 H-pyrazoM -yj)methyl}aze1idine-1-carboxy)ate The title compound was prepared according to procedure 1 (compound 1-9}. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 0 ppm 1.25 -1.33 (m, 9 H) 1.69 -1.77 (m, 3 H) 2.80 - 2.97 (m, 1 H) 3.60 (s, 2 H) 3.81 (s, 2 H) 4.22 (d, J=7.07 Hz, 2 H) 5.59 (s, 2 H) 6.01 (q, J=6.32 Hz, 1 H) 6.81 (d, J=1,26 Hz, 1 H) 7.37 (t, J=8.84 Hz, 1 H) 7.43-7.54 (m, 1 H) 7.55 - 7.62 (m, 1 H) 7.67 (d, J=1.52 Hz, 1 H) 7,84 (s, 1 H); LCMS: 537 [M+H; c-Met W: 0.066 uM. Example 2: 5rf.1 -{azetidin-3-vlmethyl)-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl]-3-[l -(2,6-dich!oro-3-fluorophenyl)ethoxy) pyridin-2-amine The title compound was prepared according to procedure 1 (compound MQ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) 0 ppm 1.78 (d, J=6.57 H2, 3 H) 3.32 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 1 H) 3.84 - 3.95 (m, 2 H) 4.00 (t, J-9.73 Hz, 2 H) 4.29 -88- (d, J=6.82 Hz, 2 H) 6.08 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 1 H) 6.83 (s, 1 H) 7.14 {t, J=8.59 Hz, 1 H) 7,35 (dd, J-8.84, 4.80 Hz, 1 H) 7.48 (S, 1 H) 7.57 {s, 1 H) 7.69 (s. 1 H); LCMS: 437 [M+1]; c-Met Ki: 0.044 pM. Example 3: tert-butyl 4-[(4-{6-amino-5-[1*(2,6-dichloro-3-fluorophenyl)ethoxy]pyridin-3-yl}-1 H-pyrazol-1 • yl)methyl]-4-hyd roxypiperidine-1 -carboxylate The title compound was prepared according to procedure 3 (compound 3-61. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 5 ppm 1.34 -1.39 (m, 9 H) 1.70 -1.77 (m, 2 H) 1.79 (d. J=6.57 Hz, 3 H) 3.06 (d. J=12.63 Hz, 2 H) 3.62 (s, 2 H) 4.03 (s, 2 H) 4.79 (s. 1 H) 5.66 (s, 2 H) 6.08 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 1 H) 6.86 (d, J=1.52 Hz, 1 H) 7.44 ft J=8.72 Hz, 1 H) 7.51 - 7.58 (m, 2 H) 7.58 - 7.65 (m, 2 H) 7.73 (d, J=1.52 Hz, 1 H) 7.78 (s, 1 H); LCMS: 581 (M+1); c-Met W: 0.104 MM. Example 4: 4-[{4-l6-amino-5-[1-(2l6-dich!oro-3-fluorophenyl)ethoxy]pyridin-3"yl}-1H-pyrazol-1- yl)methy|]piperidin-4-ol j The title compound was prepared according to procedure 3 (compound 3-7). 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 5 ppm 1.41 -1.55 {m, 2 H} 1.59 -1.71 (m, 2 H) 1.81 (d, J-6.57 Hz, 3 H} 2.88 - 3.00 (m, 2 H) 3.02 -3.14 (m, 2 H) 4.08 (s, 2 H) 5,17 (s, 2 H) 6.14 - 6.27 (m, J=6.57 Hz, 1 H) 7.05 (s, 1 H) 7.40 - 7.49 (m, J=8.72, 8.72 Hz, 1 H) 7.51 - 7.60 (m, J=9.09, 4.80 Hz, 1 H) 7.63 (s, 1 H) 7.76 (s, 1 H) 7.91 (s, 1 H) 8.51 (s, 1 H) 8.81 (s, 1 H); LCMS: 481 [M+1]; c-Met Ki: 0.062 uM. Examples: 5-(l-azetldin-3-yl-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)-3-^l-(2,6-dichloro-3-1luoropheny!)ethoxy]pyridin-2-amir>e The title compound was prepared according to procedure 2 (compound 2-111. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 6 ppm 1.79-1.89 (m, 3 H) 3.56 {s, 1 H) 4.35 (s, 4 H) 5.40 (s, 1 H) 6.23 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 2 H) 7.09 (S, 1 H) 7.40 - 7.54 (m, 1 H) 7.59 (dd, JsB.84, 5.05 Hz, 1 H) 7.73 - 7.83 (m, 1 H) 7.86 (s, 1 H) 8.12 (8, 1 H) 9.20 (s, 1 H); ICMS: 523 [M+1 ]; c-Met Ki: 0.033 \iM. Example 5-{1-[1(cyclopropylmethyl)a2etidin-3-yl]-1H-pyrazol-4:yl}-3-[1-(2I6-dichk>ro-3- fluoroph8nyl)ethoxy]pyridin-2-amine The title compound was prepared according to procedure 2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-06) 6 ppm 0.12 (S, 2 H) 0.41 (s, 2 H) 0.76 (s, 1 H) 1,79 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 3 H) 2.27 - 2.40 (m, J=2.02 Hz, 2 H) 2.44 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 2 H) 3.74 (S, 2 H) 4.94 (s, 1 H) 5.66 {s, 2 H) 5.99 - 6.17 (m, 1 H) 6.B9 (s, 1 H) 7.43 (t, J=8J2 Hz, ^ H) 7.52 - 7.65 (m, 2 H) 7.75 (s, 1 H) 8.02 (s, 1 H); LCMS: 477 [M+1]; C-Met Kfc 0.038 uM. . Example 7: 3-{1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluorophenyl)ethoxy]-5-(1-{1-[(dimethylamfno)acelyl]azetidin-3-yl3-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridirj-2-amine (Figure Removed) The title compound was prepared according to procedure 2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 6 ppm 1.78 (d, J*6.82 Hz, 3 H) 2.17 (s, 6 H) 2.89 - 2.98 (m, 2 H) 4.07 - 4.16 {m, 1 H) 4.30 (t, J=S.09 Hz, 1 H) 4.36.-4.45 (m, 1 H) 4.60 (t, J=8.59 Hz, 1 H) 5.15 - 5.27 (m, 1 H) 5.64 - 5.73 (m, 2 H) 6.08 (q, d=6.48 Hz, 1 H) 6.90 (B, 1 H) 7.38-7.48 (m, J=8.72, 8.72 Hz, 1 H) 7.50 - 7.61 (m, J=8.84, 5.05 Hz, 1 H) 7.66 (s, 1 H) 7.71 - 7.79 (m, 1 H) 8.05 (S, 1 H); LCMS: 508 [M+1]; c-Met Ki: 0.022 jjM. Example B: [3-(4-{6-amino-5-[1 -(2,6-dichloro-3-fluorophenyl)ethoxylpyridin-3-yl}-1 H-pyrazoH-yl)azetidirv-1-yljacetonitrile (Figure Removed) The title compound was prepared according to procedure 2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 6 ppm 1,79 (d, J=6.B2 Hz, 3 H) 3.59 (q, J=6.57 Hz, 2 H) 3.68 - 3-79 (m, 4 H} 5.00 (t, J*6.95 Hz, 1 H) 5,72 {s, 2 H) 6.03 - 6.13 (m, J=6.57 Hz, 1 H) 6.89 (d, J=1.52 Hz, 1 H) 7.43 (t, J=8.72 Hz, 1 H) 7.56 (dd. J*9.09, 5.05 Hz, 1 H) 7.62 (s, 1 H) 7.74 {d, J=1.52 Hz, 1 H) 8.01 (s, 1 H); LCMS: 462 [M+1]; C-Met Ki: 0.025 jiM. Example 9: ethyl 2-[(4-{6-amino-5-[1-(2l6-dichloro-3-fluorophenyi)ethoxy]pyridin-3-yl}-1H-pyrazol-1-yt)methyl]cydopropanecarboxylate The title compound was prepared according to procedure 4 (compound 4-61 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 6 ppm 0.96 - 1.10 (m, 2 H) 1 .15 (1, J=7.07 Hz, 2 H) 1.74 (S, 3 H) 1.79 (dr J=6.57 Hz, 3 H) 3.95 - 4.14 (m, 4 H) 5.66 (s, 2 H) 6.08 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 1 H) 6.88 (s, 1 H) 7.43 (t, J=8.72 Hz, 1 H) 7.49 - 7.62 (m, 2 H) 7.73 (S, 1 H) 7.88 (s, 1 H); LCMS:*494 [M+1]; c-Met Ki: 0.042 pM. Example 1D: 2-[(4-{6-amino-5-[1 •(2,6-dich!oro-3-fluorophenyl)ethoxy]pyridin-3-yl}-1 H-pyrazoM-yl)methyl]-N- ompound 4-8). 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 6 ppm 0.72 - 0.82 (m, 1 H) 0.86 - 0.95 (m, 1 H) 1.18 - 1.32 (m, 1 H) 1.51 - 1.66 (m, 2 H) 1.82 (d, J*6.57 HZ, 3 H) 2.53 - 2.58 (m, 3 H) 3.98 - 4.10 (m, 2 H) 6.18 (d, J=6.32 Hz, 1 H) 7.09 (s, 1 H) 7.22 (s, 1 H) 7.34 (S, 1 H) 7,46 (t, J=8.59 Hz, 1 H) 7.54 • 7.63 (m, 1 H) 7.76 (s, 1 H) 7.97 (s, 1 H) 8.04 (d, J*4>55 Hz, 1 H); LCMS; 479 [M+1]; c-Met Ki: 0.071 \M. Example 11: 2-[(4-{6'aminO'5-[l-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoropheny1)ethoxy]pyridJn-3"yl}-1H-pyrazol*1-yl)me1hyl]-N.N-dirnethylcyclopropanecarboxamide The title compound was prepared according to procedure 4. using dimethylamine in the final step. 'H NMR {400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 6 ppm 0.78 - 0.90 {m, 1 H) 0.94 -1.07 (m, 1 H) 1,56 (s, 1 H) 1.81 -1.90 (m, 3 H) 1.97 - 2.11 (m, 1 H) 2.77 (s, 3H) 3.02 (d, J=4-80 Hz, 3 H) 4.01 - 4.08 {m, 1 H) 4.08 - 4.22 (m, 1 H) 6.95 (s, 1 H) 7.04 - 7.14 (m, 2 H) 7.21 (s, 1 H) 7.48 (t, J=r8.72 Hz, 1 H) 7.57 - 7.62 (m, J=9.22, 4.93 Hz, 1 H) 7.64 (d, J=2.78 Hz, 1 H) 7.70 (d, J=!26 Hz, 1 H) 7.98 - 8.08 (m, 1 H); LCMS: 492 [M+1J; 0-Met KI: 0.144 MM. Example 12: 2-(4-{6-Amino-5-n -(2,6-dichtoro-3-(luoro-phenyl)-etr»oxy]-pyridin-3-yl}-pyra2ol-1 -y))-2-me8iyl-propionic acid The title compound was prepared according to procedure S (compound 5-2). 1H NMR (400MHz, OMSO) 8 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H). 7.60 (m, 3H), 7.48 (m, 1H), 6.98 {m, 1H), 6.15 (m, 1H), 1.84 (d, 2H>, 1J5 (s, 6H); LCMS: 463 [M+-1]; c-Met Ki: 0.18 pM. Example 13: 5-(5-Amino-1 -methyl-1 H-pyrazol-4-yf|-3-[1 -(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-pyridin-2-ytamtne The title compound was prepared according to procedure 6 using 3-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxyl-S-^AS.S-tetramethyHI ,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl}-pyridin-2-ylamine and 4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylamine. 'H NMR (400MHz, CDCW 6 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.35 (m, 1H). 7.29 (s, 1H), 6.95 (m, 1H), 6.15 (m. 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 1.90 (d, 2H); LCMS: 396 JM+1]; c-Met Ki: 0.13jjM. Example 14:3-[1 ^.e-Dichtoro-S-fluoro-phenylJ-etftoxyl-S-fS-methyl-l H-pyrazol-4-yl)-pyri(fin-2-ylamine N2 The title compound was prepared according to procedure 6 using 3-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3-lluor H; •TFA NH2 The title compound was prepared according to procedure 6 using 3-[1'(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-(4,4l5l5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridin-2-ylaniine and 4-bromo-3,5-dimethyl-1 H-pyrazde. 'H NMR (400MHz, CDCI3) 6 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.14 (m, 1H). 6.7 (s, 1H); 6.10 (m, 1H), 2.13 (s, 6H), 1.92 (d. J 8 Hz, 3H); LCMS: 395 [M+1]; c-Met Ki: 0.15 (JM. Example 16: 2-(4*{6-Amino-5-[1 -(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-pyridin'3-yl}-pyra2ol-1 -yl)-N-(3-dimethylamino-propyl)-isobutyramide The title compound was prepared according to procedure 5 (compound S-3). 1H NMR (400MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.71 (8,1H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.46 (S. 1H), 7.35 (m. 1H), 7.13 (m, 2H), 7.00 (m. 1H). 6.18 (m, 1H), 3.32 (m, 2H), 3,01 (m, 2H), 2.78 (s, 6H), 1.96 (m, 2H), 1.94 (m, 2H), 1.84 (s, 6H); LCMS: 537 [M+1]; C-Met Ki: 0.06 uM. Example 17: 2-(4-(6-Amlno-5-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3*fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxyJ-pyridin-3-yJ}-pyrazol-1-yl)-2-methyl-1 -piperazin-1 -yl-propan-1 -one The title compound was prepared according to procedure 5 using plperazine-1-carboxylic add tert-butyl ester as the amine in the final step followed with conventional method to remove the Boc-protecting group using 20% TFA in dichloromethane. 'H NMR (400MHz, CDCI3) 5 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.5$ (9,1H), 7.51 {m, 1H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.13 (m, 1H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 6.17 (m, 1H), 2.90 (m, 4H), 1.93 (d, J 8 Hz, 2H), 1.80 (s, 6H).; LCMS: 521 [M+1 ]; c-Met Ki: 0.44 uM. Examote IB: 2-(4-{6-Amino-5-t1-(2,6-dicnloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-pyridin-3-yl}-pyrazol-1-y1)-1-((R)-3-hydroxy-pyrrolidin-1 -yl)-2-methyl-propan-1 -one NH, •TFA The title compound was prepared according to procedure 5 using (fl)-pyrrolidin-3-ol as the amine in the final step. 1H NMR (400MHz, CDCI3) 5 7.60 (m 2H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.31 (m, 1H}, 7.14 (m, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.17 (m, 1H), 4.37 (m, 1H), 3.70 {m, 2H), 2.65 (m, 2HO, 1.94 (d, J 8 Hz, 3H), 1.8t (m, 8 H); LCMS: 522 [M+1]; c-Met Ki: 0.27 pM. The title compound was prepared according to procedure 5 using (2-morphoHn-4-ylethyl)amine as the amine in the final step. (H NMR (400MHz, CDCW 6 7.69 (m, 2H). 7,58 (s, 1H>, 7.47 (s, 1H), 7.34 (m, 1H), 7.13 (m, 1H), 7.08 (s. 1H), 6.18 (m, 1H), 3.95 (m, 4H), 3-65 (m, 2H), 3.50 (m, 2H), 3,19 (m, 2H), 2.90 (m, 2H), 1.94 (d, J 8 Hz, 3H), 1.83 (s, 6H); LCMS: 565 [M+1]; c-Met Ki: 0.14 pM. Example 20:3-[1 -(2,6-Dichlorc-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-(l H'sopn>pyl-1 H- The title compound was prepared according to procedure S using 2-iodo-propane as alkylation reagent. 1H NMR (400MHz, CDQI3) 5 7.53 (s. 1H), 7.48 (s, 1H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.35 (m. 1H), 7,13 (m, 1H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 6.15 (m, 1H), 4.50 (m, 1HJ, 1.93 OAc NH2 The titte compound was prepared according to procedure 6 using 3-[1-(2.6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyt)-etnoxy]-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramelhy1-[l ,3,2)dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridin-2-ylamine and 4-(4-bromo-pyrazol-1 -yl)-[1,31blpiperidinyl-1'-carboxylic acid tert-butyt ester (prepared aocording to general procedure 11 using 3-hydroxy-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester). 'H NMR (400MHz. CDCI3) 6 7,69 (*, 1H), 7.55 (s, •1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.31 {m, 1H), 7.07 (m, 1H), 6.86 (s, 1H), 6.07 (m, 1H), 5.21 {bs, 2H), 4.26 (m, 1H), 3.40 (m, 1H). 3.07 (m, 2H), 2.77 (m, 1H), 2.1 1 (m, 4H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 1.B6 (dr (Figure Removed) 8 Hz, 3H); LCMS: 450 (M+1 J; C-Met Ki: 0.01 Example 52: 3-[(R)-1 -(2,6-Dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-(1 -piperidin-4-yl-1 H-pyrazol^ylJ-pyridin^-ylamlne The title compound was prepared according to procedure 6 using 3-[(fl)-1-(2.6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxyj-5-(4,4,5,5-tBtramethyl-[l ,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-y!)-pyridin-2-ylamine and 4-(4-bromo-pyrazol-1 -yl)-1 • cydopentyl-piperidine (prepared according to general procedure 11 using bromocyclopentane as alkylation reagent). 'H NMR (400MHz, CDCI3) 5 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 7.48 (s, 1H), 7.31 (m, 1H), 7.07 (m, 1H), 6.88 (S, 1H), 6.08 (m, 1H), 4.64 (m, 1H), 2.04 (m, 2H), 1.98 (m, 2H), 1.86 (d, J B Hz,'3H), 1.73 (m, 2H); LCMS: 435 [M+1J; c-Met Ki: 0.02 uM. Example 53: 3-[(R)-1 -(2,6-Dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl}-ethoxy]-5-(1 -piperidin-4-yl-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)-pyridln-2-ytamine NHj The title compound was prepared according to procedure 6. TH NMR (400MHz, CDCI3) 6 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.50 (s, 1H). 7.32 (m, 1H), 7.07 (m, 1H), 6,87 (m, 1H), 6.07 (m, 1H); 5.25 (bs, 2H), 4.30 (m, 1H), 3.41 (m, 2H}, 2.96 (m, 2H), 2.26 (m, 2H), 2.12 (m, 2H), 1.86 (d, J 8 Hz, 3H); LCMS: 450 [M+1]; c-Met Ki: 0.003 MM. Example 54: S-fS-Fluoro-ejpS.g-tetrahydro-SH-benzocyclohepten-S-yloxyJ-S-tTH-pyrazoW-yO-pyridin^-ylamine NKfe FA The title.oompound was prepared according to procedure 6 using 5-bromo-3-{3-fluoro-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-benzocyclohepten-5'yloxy)-pyridin-2-ylamine and 4-{4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1 H-pyrazole. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 7.09 (s( 2H), 6.86 (s, 1H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 6.38 (t, 1H), 6.25 (dd, 1H), 6.08 (dt, 1H), 5.03(d, 1H). 2.16 (t, 2H), 1.42(m, 1H). l.33(br, 1H), 1.19{br, 2H), 1.07(br, 1H), 0.66(br. 1H); LCMS: 339 [KM]; c-Met % Inhibrtion: 21% viM. Example 55: 2-(4-{6-Amino-5-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-pyrldln-3-yl}-pyrazol-1-yl)-NlN-diethyt-isobutyramide -112- The title compound was prepared according to procedure 5 using diethylamine as the amine in the final step. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6} 6 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.78(d, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.45(q, 1H), 7.42(t, 1H), 6.90 (d, 1H), 6.09 (q, 1H), 5.68 (s; 2H), 4.09 (q, 1H}, 3.20 (m, 1H), 3.16(d, 2H), 2.81 (m, 1H), 1.80(d. 3H), 1,66(s, 6H), 1.18(mt 1H), 1.10(1.1H), 1.01 (br, 2H), 0.60(br, 2H); LCMS: 508 [M+1 ]; c-Met Ki: 0.3964 uM. Example 56: 2-(4-{6-Aniino-5-[H2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-pyridin"3-yl}-pyra2ol-1-yl)-1-((S)-3-hydroxy-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-rnethyl-propan-l-one (Figure Removed) The title compound was prepared according to procedure 5 using (3S)-pyrrolicfin-3-ol as the amine in the final step. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- Example 57: 2-(4-^6-Amlno-5-ri-(2.6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenvt)-ethoxvl-Dvridin-3-vl}-pvrazol-1 -vn-2-methvt-1 -pyrrolidin-1 -yl-propan-1 -one (Figure Removed) The title compound was .prepared according to procedure 5 using pyrrolidine as the amine in the final Step. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 8.04(s, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.61(s, 1H), 7.55(q, 1H), 7.43(1, 1H), 6.92(3, 1H), 6.10 (q, 1H), 5.67 (S, 2H), 2.37 (m, 1H), 1.79(d, 3H), 1.66(s, 6H), 1.59(m, 4H); LCMS: 506 [M-H];c-MetKI: 0.425 \iM. Example 58: 2-{4-{6-Arnino-5-t1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ettioxy]-pyridin-3-yl)-pyra2oH-yl)-N,N-dimethyl-isobutyramide mine in the final Step. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) fi 8.16 (d, 1H), 7.79(d, 1H), 7.70(d, 1H>, 7.45(q, 1H), 7.11(s, 1H). 6.25 (t, 1H), 1.80(d, 3H), 1.66(s, 6H); LCMS: 480 [M+1];c-Met Ki: 0.125 \iM.ExnyJ)-et The title compound was prepared according to procedure 8. *H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6} 6 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.75(s, 1H), 7.52(m, 1H), 7.51 (S, 1H), 7.43{t, 1H), 6.87 {s, 1H), 6.06(q, 1H), 5.61 (s, 2H), 4.93(br, 1H), 3.54(s, 2H), 1.80(d. 3H), 1.44(s, 6H); LCMS: 439 [M+1]; c-Met Ki: 0.014 uM. Example 60: 3-f1'(2.6-Dlcr>IOfO-3-fluoro-phenvl)-ethoxv1-5-[1-(2-dimethylamino-1.1-dimethyl-ethyO-iH-pyrazol«4-yl]-pyridin-2-ylarnine « The title compound was prepared according to procedure 8 usinc 2-(4-{6-Amino-5-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-pyridin-3-yl}-pyrazoH-yl)-N,N-diineithyl-i5obutyramide for the reduction. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 7.88 (s. 1H), 7.76(s, 1H), 7.53(m, 2H), 7.43(t, 1H), 6.87 (s, 1H), 6.06(q, 1H), 5.62(s, 2H), 1.80(s, 6H), 1.78(d, 3H), 1.48(8,6H), LCMS: 466 [M+1]; c-Met »Q: 0.084 pM. Example 61: (S)-1 -{2-(4-{6-Amino-5-[1 -(2,6-dichloro-3-fluorc-phenyl)-ethoxy]-pyridin-3-yl}-pyrazoH -yl)-2-meihyl-propyl]-pyrrolidin-3-ol The title compound was prepared according to procedure 8 using 2-(4-{6-amino-5-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3-f luoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-pyridin-3-yl)-pyra2ol-1 -yl)-1 -((S)-3-hydroxy-pyrrolidin-l -yl)-2-methyl-propan-1 -one tor the reduction. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 7.88 (s. 1H), 7.76(s, 1H), 7.54(m, 2H), 7.43(t, 1H), 6.87 (s, 1H), 6.08(q, 1H), 5.62(s, 2H). 4.52(br,1H), 4.00(br,1H), 2.75(br. 2H), 2.34 (Figure Removed) The title compound was prepared according to procedure 6 using 3-[1-{2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-{l>3,2ldioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridin-2-yJamine and 4-bromo-1-[1,1-dimeihyl-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -y)-ethoxy)-ethyl]-1 W-pyrazole, which were prepared as fotlows: To a solution of 2-{4-bromo-pyrazoM-yl)-2-methyf-prop!onic acid methyl ester (5.00 g, 20.2 mmol) in anhydrous THF (67 mL) was added UAIH To a solution of 2-(4-bromo-pvrazol-l-yl)-2-methyl-propan-l-ol (0.50 g, 2.28 mmol) and 1-(2-chtaro-ethyO-pyrrolidine (0.3072 g, 2^8 mmol) was added NaH (60% in mineral oil, 27.4 mmol). The reaction was stirred under nitrogen at ambient temperature for 0.5 h, and then at 70 °C for over-night .The reaction was quenched after cooling down to ambient temperature with the addition of water. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate, and the extracts were washed with water, brine, and dried over NazS04. The crude product was purified on a reversed phase column to provide 4-bromo-1 -f.1,1 -dimethyl-2-{2-pyrro!idln-1 -yl-ethoxy)-ethylj-1 H-pyrazole (97.8 mg, 18% yield). 3-[1-(2,6-Dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxyl-5-{l -[1,1 -dimettiy»:2-(2-pyrroHdin-1 -yi-ethoxy)-ettiyl]-lH-pyrazol-4-yl]-pyridin-2-ylamine: 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 7.95 (s, 1H>, 7.56(dd, 2H), 7.41(m, 1H), 7.22(11H), 7.08 (S, 1H); 6,26(q, 1H), 3.68(s. 2H), 3.56(t, 2H), 3.36(m, 2H), 2.87(m, 2H), 2JS7(d, 2H), 1.85(m. 6H). 1.53(s, 6H), 1.20(d, 1H); LCMS: 536 f.M+1]; c-Mel Ki: 0529 |iM. Example J& 3-[l -(2,6-Dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-etriOxyJ-5-(1 -(R)-1 -pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl-l H-pyrazol-4-yO-pyridin-2-ylamine The title compound was prepared according to procedure 11 followed by procedure 6 using 3-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-(4,4,5r5-tetramethyl-[1.3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yO-pyridin-2-ylamine and 2-[(fi04-{4-bromo-py'razol-1-yl)-piperidin-1-ylmelhyl]-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic add tert-butyl ester (prepared according to general procedure 11 using (fl)-2-hydroxymethyf-pyrrolidine-1-carboxyllc acid tert-butyl ester). 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 0 9.95 (br, 2H), 8.68(d, 1H>, 8.50(br, 1H), 8-34(8,1H), 8.27 (d, 1H), 8.12(m, 1H). 7.99{t, 1H), 7.65(s, 1H), 6.76(q, 1H), 6.26(s, 2H), S.05(br,2H), 4.40(^,1^, 3.74(m,2H), 2.56(m, 1H), 2.36(d,3H),2.16(m. 1H); LCMS: 450 [M+1]; c-Met Ki: 0.072 uM. : 3-|l-(2,6-Dichloro-3-1luoro-phenyl)^thoxy]-5-(1-(SH-pyTrolidin-2-ylmethyl-lH-pyrarol-4-yl)-The title compound was prepared according to procedure 11 followed by procedure 6 using 3-(1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-(4,4,5,5-teiram6thyl-[1 l3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridin-2-ylamine and 2-[(S)4-{4-bromo-pyrazol-1-yl)-piperidin-1-ylmethyl]-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (prepared according to general procedure 11 using (S)-2-hydroxymethyl-pyrrolidine-1-carboxy)ic acid tert-butyl ester). 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 7.86(s, 1H). 7.72(s, 1H), 7.56(m, 1H), 7.51 (d, 1H), 6.86(s, 1H). 6.06(q. 1H), 5.64(s, 2H), 3.96(d, 2H). 2.76(m, 2H). t.79(d, 6H), 1.60(m. 3H), 1.33(m, 1H); LCMS: 450 [M+1J; c-Met Ki: 0.0415 |JM. Example 65: 3-|1 -(2.6-Dichloro-3-1luoro-phenyl)-ethoxy}-5-((R)-1 -pyrrolidin-3-yl-1 H-pyra20l-4-yl)-pyrklln-2-ylamine (Figure Removed) The title compound was prepared according to procedure 11 followed by procedure 6 using 3-[1-(2,6- dich1oro-3-nuoro-phenyl)-etrioxyl-S-(4.4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1A2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)*pyridint2-yfamine and 3- ((S)-4-bromo-pyra2ol-1-yJ)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (prepared according to general procedure 11 starling from (S)-3-Hydroxy-pyrrolidine-1-carlx>xylic acid tert-butyl ester). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 7.93 1.99{m,1H), 1.87(s, 3H), 1.78(4 3H); LCMS: 436 [M+1]; c-Met Kl: 0.298 JJM. . Example 66: 3-[(R)-1-(2,64>k^loro-3-fluoro-phenyty The title compound was prepared according to procedure 12.. *H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.76(s. 1H), 7.63(m, 2H), 7.54(m, 1H), 7.37(t,"lH), 6.46 (q, 1H), 6.1S(s, 1H), 4.10{m, 1H), 3. Example 67:3-[(R)-1 -(2,6;Dichloro-3-fIuorb-phenyl)-ethoxyJ-5n(1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)-pyfazin-2-ylamlne The titJe compound was prepared according to procedure 10 using 5-bromo-3*[(fl)-1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-pyrazin-2-ylamine and 4-(4,4,5,5-Tetrarmethy1-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyrazo!e-i -carboxylic acid tert-butyf ester. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 12.81 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.48{m, 1H), 7.36(t, 1H), 6.48 (q, 1H), 6.12(s,2H), 1.75(d,3H); LCMS: 368 [M-H]; c-Met Kl: 0.065 uM. Example 68: l-[4-(4-{5-Amirio-6-[(R)-1-(2l6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-pyra2in-2-yl]-pyrarol-1-yl)-piperidin-l-y1]-2-hydroxy-ethanone (Figure Removed) The titla compound was prepared according to procedures 6 and 7, using 5-bromo-3-{(R)-1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxyl-pyrazln-2-ylamine as the starting material. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.76(5, 1H), 7.64(s. 1H), 7.49(m, 1H), 7.36(t, 1H), 6.46 (q, 1H), 6.15{s. 2H). 4.57(br, 1H), 4.40(m, 2H), 4.12(br, 2H). 3.77(m, 1H), 3.35(m, 2H), 3.43(m, 1H), 3.16(m, 2H), 1.75(d, 3H); LCMS: 509 (M+1J; c-MetKi:0.015uM. Example 69: 3-[(R)-1 -(2,6-Oichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy3-5-[l -(1 -methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 H-pyrazo!-4-yl]T pyrazin-2-yiamine The title compound was prepared acxxjrding to procedure 6 using 5-bromo-3H(R)-1-(2,6>dichloro-3-ftuoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-pyrazin-2-ylamine and 4-(4-bromo-pyrazoM*yl)-1-methy.piperidine (prepared according to general procedure 11). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-dB) 6 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.76(s. 1H), 7.64(s. 1H), 7.49(m, 1H), 7.36(t, 1H), 6.46 (q, 1H), 6.15(s, 2H>, 4.02(m, 1H), 2.B4(m, 2H), 2.19(8, 3H), 2.00(m, 4H), 1.85(m. 3H), 1,75(d. 3H); LCMS: 465 [M+1J; c-Met W: 0.03 uM. Example 70: 1-[4^4K5-Amino-^(R)-1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-elhoxy]-pyrazin-2-yl}-pyrazol-1-yl)-piperidin-1 -yl]-2-dimethylamino-Bthanone The title compound was prepared according to procedure 7 using 3-[(fl)-1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl}-ethoxy]-5-(1-piperidin-4-yHH-pyra2ol-4-y|)-pyra2in-2-ylamine coupled with dimethylamino-acetic acid in the presence of HOBVEDC/triethylamine in DMF as described in procedure 5 using 5-bromo-3-[(R)-1~(2,6-didiloro-3-fluorb-phenyl)-elhoxy>pyrazin-2-ylamine as the starting material. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 7.90 (s, 1H>, 7.76(3, 1H), 7.65{s,.1H), 7.49(m, 1H), 7.36(t, 1H), 6.47 (q, 1H), 6.15(s, 2H), 4.39(m, 1H), 4.16(m, 1H>, 3.16(m, 2H), 3.02(m. 1H), 2.75(m, 1H), 2.19(S, 6H>. 2.01 (m, 2H), 1.88(s, 1H), 1.75(d, 3H).; LCMS: 536 [M+1 ]; c-Met W: 0.015 uM. Example 71: 3-[1 -(2,6-Dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyt}-ethoxy]-5-(1 -methanesulfonyl-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)-pyridin-2-ylamine id at room temperature. After stirring for 2 hours, the reaction was done. Purification by reverse phase HPLC gave 80 mg white hygroscopic solid. Conversion to the free base was accomplished by dissolving in dichloromethane and washing with sodium bicarbonate which led to 17 mg of a white solid, 3-t1-(2,6-Dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-(1-piperidin-4-yMH-pvrazol-3-yl}-pyridin-2-ylarnine. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 6 ppm 7.87 (d. J=1.77 Hz, 1 H) 7.68 (d. J=2.27 Hz, 1 H) 7.53 (m, 1 H) 7.42 (m. 1 H) 7.09 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1 H) 6.34 (d, J=2.27 Hz. 1 H) 6.04 (q, J=6.82 Hz, 1 H) 5.77 (s, 2 H) 4.10 (m, 1 H} 3.03 (m, 2 H) 2.58 (m, 2 H) 1.91 (m, 2 H) 1.79 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 3 H) 1.75 (rrt, 2 H); LCMS: 450 [M+1J; c-Met Ki: 0.038 uM. The starting material, 4-(3-iodo-pyrazole-1-yl)-piperdine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester was prepared as follows: r-4-i, 1)NaH N N 2)8EMCI 1 -f2-Trimethv1sllanvl-ethoxvfnethvtV1 H-ovrazole: To 4.9 g 95% NaH in mineral o'A was added 200 mL THF. Pyrazole (12 g) was added in 50 mL THP dropwise and stirred at rt for 1 hour. After cooling to 0°C, a solution of 34.32 mL SEMCI in 50 mL THF was added dropwise. The cooling bath was removed, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for overnight. The reaction was quenched with water, concentrated, diluted with diethylether and washed with ammonium chloride, brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. Chromatography with 20-30% EtOAc/hexanes ted to 12 g of product. 'H NMR (400 MHz. chloroform-d) 5 ppm 7.55 (dd, J=5.81, 1-77 Hz, 2 H} 6.33 (t, ^=2.02 Hz, 1 H} 5.44 (s, 2 H) 3.50 - 3.58 (m, 2 H) 0.85 - 0.95 (m, 2 H) 0.04 (s. 9 H). 5-lodo-1-(2-trimethvlsilanvl-ethoxvmethvlMH-Pvrazole: To 2.0 g 1-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxymethyl)-lH-pyrazole in 40 mL THF at -7B°C was added 4.43 mL 2.5 N nBuU dropwise. The solution was stirred for an additional 45 min. Then iodine (7.67 g) in 20 mL THF was added dropwise. After all the iodine was added the cooling bath was removed, and the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature over 2 hours. The reaction was quenched by addition of a few mLs of aqueous NHtCI (saturated). The solution was concentrated, diluted with diethyl ether, washed with aqueous sodium sulfite, water, brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. Chromatography with 5-10% EtOAc/hexanes gave 1 .66 g of product as an oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, chloroform-d) 8 ppm 7.53 (d, JM .77 Hz, 1 H) 6.49 (d, Jtl .77 Hz, 1 H) 5.50 (s, 2 H) 3.53 -3.61 (m, 2 H) 0.86 - 0.95 (m, 2 H) 0.04 (m, 9 H). 5'lodo-1 H-pyrazote: To 1.0 g 5-iodo-1-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxyroethyl)-1H-pyrazole was added a mixture of 1.72 mL triethylsilane and 4 mL TFA at 0°C. After addition the cooling bath was removed. At 1.5 hours the solvents were removed leaving 570 mg of a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-D) 5 ppm 7.53 (m, 1 H> 6.51 (m, 1 H). ^-O-lodo-ovrazoM-vn-piDeridine-l-carboxviic acid tert-butvl ester: To 500 mg 5-iodo-1H-pyrazole in 3 mL DMF was added 54 mg 95% NaH. This was stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes followed by heating for 30 minutes at 80°C , The solution was cooled to room temperature and 417 mg BOC piperidine mesylate was added. The reaction was heated to 90°C overnight. Still some iodo-pyrazole by TLC so added 100 mg more mesylate and heated another 18 hours. The reaction was cooled and some of the DMF was removed in vacua. The solution was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with .sodium bicarbonate, brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. Removal of solvent led to a clear oil Chromatography with 5, 10, 20% EtQAc/CHjClz led to 180 mg of product as a clear oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz. CHLOROFORM-D) 5 ppm 7.23 (d, Jt=2.27 Hz. 1 H) 6.40 (d, J=2.27 Hz, 1 H) 4.24 (m. 3 H) 2.84 (S, 2 H) 2.02 - 2.12 (m, 2 H) 1.87 (m, 2 H) 1.40- 1.47 (m, 9 H). Example 76:3-[1 -(2,6- Dichloro-3-f luoro*phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-(1 H-pyrazoI-3-yl)-pyridin-2-ylamine The title compound was prepared according to procedure 10 using .3-iodo-1-(2-trirriethylsilanyl-ethoxymethyl)-1H-pyrazole followed by removal of the 2-trimethyisilanyl-ethoxymethyl. To 60 mg 3-[1-(2.6-Dk^lOTo-3-fliwro-phenyl)-©thoxyl-5-[1-(2-trimethy^ ytemine in 1 mL dichloromethane was added 60 pL triethylsilane and 0.5 ml trilluoroacetic acid. After stirring for 4 hours at room temperature 3 ml of toluene was. added, and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with sodium bicarbonate. Chromatography with 10% MeOH/40%EtOAc/50%CH2Cl2 gave 20 mg of a while solid. 1H NMft (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) Q ppm 7.92 (d, J*1.52 Hz, 1 H) 7.68 (s, 1 H) 7.49 - 7.59 (m, 1 H) 7.43 (t, J=8.72 Hz. 2 H) 7.12 {s, 1 H) 6.41 {s, 1 H) 6.06 (s, 1 H) 5.90 -Exampie 78:3-[1 -(2P6-Dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-indazal-1 -yl-pyridin-2-ytamine The title compound was prepared according to procedure 19 using 1H-indazo)e in place of 3-methyl-1H-pyrazole. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOD6) 6 ppm 8.29 (s, 1 H) 7.83 - 7.89 (m, 2 H) 7.58 - 7.63 (m, ) H) 7.52 (t. J=8.72 Hz. 1 H) 7.39 (t, J=7.71 Hz, 1 H) 7.17 - 7.26 {m, 2 H) 7.00 (d, J«2.02 Hz. 1 H) 6.14 (q, J=6.40 Hz, 1 H) 1.82 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 3 H); LCMS: 417 [M+1]; c-Mel Ki: 1.56 uM. Example 79:3-[1 -(2.6-Dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyf)-ethoxy]-5'pyrazof-1 -yl-pyridin-2-ylamine (Figure Removed) The title compound was prepared according to procedure 19 using pyrazole in place of 3-me1hyl-1H-pyrazole. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 0 ppm 8.21 (d, J=2.53 Hz. 1 H) 7.95 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1 H) 7.67 (d. J=1.77 Hz, 1 H) 7.57 (dd. J=8.97, 4.93 Hz. 1 H) 7.45 (t, J=8.72 Hz, 1 H) 7.29 (d, J-1.77 Hz, 1 H) 6.46 -6.52 (m, 1 H) 6.16 (t, ,£=6.57 Hz, 1 H) 1.81 (d. J=8.57 Hz, 3 H}; LCMS: 367 [M-HJ; c-Met Ki: 0.87 uM. Example 80: 1 -{6-Amino-5-[1 -(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phBnyl)-etnoxy]-pyridin-3-yl}-1 H-pyrazole-4-cari30xylic acid ethyl ester The title compound was prepared according to procedure 19 using ethyl 1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate in place of 3-methyHH-pyrazole. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 6 ppm 8.81 (s, 1 H) 8.02 - 8.08 (m, 2 H) 7.56 (dd, J=9.09, 5.05 Hz, 1 H) 7.45 (t, J=&84 Hz, 1 H) 729 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1 H) 6.14 (q, J=6.57 Hz, 1 H) 4.24 (q, J=7.07 Hz, 3 H) 1.80 (d, J=8.57 Hz, 3 H) 1.26 (q, J=7.58 Hz, 4 H); LCMS: 439 [M+1]; c-Met Kl: 2.05 MM. Example 81: 3-[1 -(2,6-Dichloro-3rfluoro*phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-(1 -plperldln-4-ylmethyl-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)-pyridin-2-ylamine (Figure Removed) The title compound was prepared according to procedure 15 using 4-(4-bromo-pyrazoI-1-ylmethyl}-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (prepared by using General Procedure 11) and 3-(1-(2,6-Dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-(4)4,5l5-tetrameth.yl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridin-2-ylamine, followed by de-protection (General Procedure 3). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 6 ppm 8.51 (s, 1 H) 8.20 (s, 1 H) 7.99 (s, 1 H) 7.72 (d, J=1.52 Hz, 1 H) 7.65 (s, 1 H) 7:$9 (dd, J=6.97,4.93 Hz, 1 H) 7.47 (t, J=8.72 Hz, 1 H) 7.06 (s, 1 H) 6.23 (q, J=6.48 Hz, 1 H) 4.04 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 3 H) 3.68 - 3.78 (m, 1 H) 3.44 -3.54 (m, 2 H) 3.19 - 3.29 (m, 3 H) 2.78 • 2.88 (m, 2 H) 2.06 (S, 1 H) 1.84 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 3 H) 1.63 (d, J=14.40 Hz, 2 H) 1.26 -1.37 (m, 2 H); LCMS: 464 [M+1]; c-Met Ki: 0.056 uM. Example 82: 3-[1 -(2,6-Dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-[1 -(2-piperazin-1 -y|-ethyl)-1 H-pyrazol-4-ylj-pyfidinr-2-ylamine (Figure Removed) The title compound was prepared according to procedure 15 using 4-[2-(4-Bromo-pyrazd-1-yl)-ethyl]-piperazine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (prepared by using General Procedure 11) and 3-t1-(2,6-Dichloro-3-fluqro-pheny))^thoxy]-5-(4,4.5,5-tetramethyl^1,3,2Jdioxaborotari-2-yJ)-pyfidin-2-ylamins, followed by de-protection ( General Procedure 3). 'H NMR (400 MHz. DMSO-D6) 0 ppm 9.39 (s, 1 H) 8.09 (s. 1 H) 7.79 (s, 1 H) 7.70 (s, 1 H) 7.61 (dd, J=8.97, 4.93 Hz, 1 H) 7.49 (t, J=8.59 Hz. 1 H) 7.13 (s, 1 H) 6.27 (q, J=6.48 Hz, 1 H) 4.47 (s, 2 H) 3.27 (S. 6 H) 3.11 (s, 3 H) 1.85 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 3 H); LCMS: 479 lM+1];c-MetKi: 0.047 pM. (Figure Removed) Example 83:2-(4-fS-Aminc-5-f 1-(g.6-dichtoro-3-fluorthoxv]-pvridin-3-yll-pyrazoM -yll-ethanol The titte compound was prepared according to procedure 15 using 2-(4-bromo-pyrazol-1-yl}-ethanol (prepared using Procedure 26) and. 3-l1-(2,6-Dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-(4l4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)'pyridin'2-ylamine. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 6 ppm 7.96 (s, 1 H) 7.72 {s, 1 H) 7.56 - 7.63 (m, 2 H) 7.43 - 7.52 (m, 2 H) 7.07 (d. J=1.52 Hz, 1 H) 6.24 (q, J=6.57 Hz, 1 H) 4.08 - 4.17 (m, 2 H) 3.70 (eft, J=8.7B, 5.46 Hz, 3 H) 1.84 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 3 H); LCMS: 411 [MflJ; c-Met Ki: 0.046 \iM. Example 84: 3-|1 -(2,6-Dichloro-3-fluoro-phenv^-ethoxv1-5-n -fl .31dioxolan-4-ylmethyf-l H-pyrazol-4-yl)-pyridin-2-ylarnine The title compound was prepared according to procedure 15 using 4-bromo-1-[1,3]dioxolan-4-yfmethyl-1H-pyrazole (prepared by using General Procedure 11) and 3-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-e1hoxy>5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyI-Il,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridln-2-ylamine. 'H NMR {400 MHz, OMSO-D6) 6 ppm 7.99 {s, 1 H} 7.71 - 7.79 (m, 2 H) 7.87 (d, J=3.2B Hz, 1 H) 7.55 - 7.64 (m, 2 H) 7.49 (td, J=8.65. 2.65 Hz, 2 H) 7.08 (S, 1 H) 6.25 (dd, J=6.95, 2.15 Hz, 1 H) 4.91 (d, J=4.04 Hz, 1 H) 4.80 (d. J=2.53 Hz, 1 H) 4.33 {d, J=16.67 Hz, 1 H) 4.20 - 4.29 (m, 2 H) 4.06 - 4.15 (m, 1 H) 3.94 (dd, J=8.34, 6.82 Hz, 2 H) 3.65 (ddd, J=8.21,6.19, 6.06 Hz, 4 H) 1.85 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 3 H) 1.80 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 1 H); LCMS: 453 [M+1]; C-Met Ki: 0.061 uM. Example 85: 1 -[4-(4«{6-Amino-5*[1 -(2,6-dlchloro-3-fluoro-pheny1)-ethoxy]-pyrIdin-3-yl}-pyrazoH -yimethyl)-piperidin-1 -yl]-2-hydroxy-ethanone (Figure Removed) The title compound was prepared according to procedure 15 using l-[4-(4-bromo-pyrazol-1-ylmethyl)-piperidin-l-y^2-hydroxy-ethe/ione (prepared by using General Procedure 11) and 3-[1-(2,6-ichloro-3-fluor-phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-(4,4,5)5.tetrarnethyl-[113,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridiri-2-yIamine. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) fi ppm 7.94 • 8.00 (m, 1 H} 7.78 (d, J=7.58 Hz, 1 H) 7.72 (d, J=1.26 Hz, 1 H) 7.64 {s, 1 H) 7.60 (dd, J=8.97, 4.93 Hz, 1 H) 7.45 - 7.54 (m, 1 H} 7.09 (s, 1 H) 6.26 (q, J=6.48 Hz, 1 H) 4.31 (d, J-12.38 Hz, 1 H) 3.97 - 4.09 (m, 4 H) 3.63 {s, 1 H) 2.89 (t. J=12.13 Hz, 1 H) 2.56 (t, J=12.13 Hz, 1 H) 2.03 (ddd, J=11.05,7.39,3.79 Hz, 1 H) 1.85 (d. J=6.57 Hz, 3 H) 1.48 (d, J=13.14 Hz, 2 H) 1.10 -1.18 (m, 1 H) 0.98 -1.10 (m; 1 H); LCMS: 522 [M+1]; c-Met Ki: 0.03 lM Example 86: 3-|1 -(2,6-Dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyI)-ethoxy]-5-[1 -(2,2-dimethyl-[1,3Jdioxolan-4-ylmethyl)-1 H-pyrazo]~4-yl3-pyridin-2-yiamine (Figure Removed) The title compound was prepared according to procedure 15 using 4-bromo-1 -(2,2-dimethyl-[1I3]dioxolan-4-ytmethyl)-1H-pyrazote (prepared by using General Procedure 11) and 3-[1-(2,6-Dichloro-3-fluoro-pheny1)-ethoxy]-5-(4,4l5,5-tetramethyl-[1>3,2]dioxaboro!an-2-yl)-pyridin'2"ylamine. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 6 ppm 7.82 (s, 1 H) 7.73 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1 H) 7.56 - 7,59 (m, 1 H) 7.52 - 7.56 (m, 1 H) 7.40 • 7.47 (m, 1 H) 6.85 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1 H) 6.02 - 6.11 (m, 1 H) 5.69 (s, 2 H) 4.32 - 4.39 (m, 1 H) 4.13 - 4.2E (m, 2 H) 4.00 (ddd, J=8.34, 6.57,1.26 Hz, 1 H) 3.72 (ddd, J=8.65,5.48,3.54 Hz, 1 H) 1.76 -1.84 (m, 4 H] 1.28 (d, J=16,67 Hz, 3 H) 125 (s, 3 H); LCMS: 481 tMfl]; c-Met Ki: 0.062 uM. Example 87: 3-(4-{6-Amino-5-[1 -(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-pyridin-3-yl}-pyra20l-1 -yl)-propane-1,2-diol title compound was prepared according to procedure 21. 3-[1-(2,6-Oichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-I1-(2,2-dimethy)^1,3]dJoxolan-4-ylmethyl)-1H-pyra20l-4-yl]-pyridin-2-ylamiiie was de-protected with TFA and water. 1H NMR {400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 0 ppm 7.96 (d, J=3.54 Hz, 2 H) 7.76 (s, 1 H) 7.64 (d. J=2.7fi HZ, 1 H) 7.60 (dd, J=8.97, 4.93 Hz, 1 H) 7.47 (t, J=8.72 Hz, 1 H) 7.11 (s. 1 H) 6.23 - 6.31 (m, 1 H) 4.22 (d, J=3.79 Hz, 1 H) 4.19 (d, J=3.54 Hz, 1 H) 3.96 (dd, J=13.64, 7.83 Hz, 2 H) 3.72 - 3.82 (m, 2 H) 3.26 - 3.37 (m. 2 H) 1.85 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 3 H); LCMS: 441 [Mt1 ]; c-Met Ki: 0.028 pM. Example 88: 4-(4-{6-Amino-5-[1 -{2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl}-ethoxy)-pyridin-3-yl}-pyrazol-1 -yl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (Figure Removed) The title compound was prepared according to procedure 15 using 4-(4-bromo-pyrazol-1-yl)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester 2-methyl ester (prepared by using General Procedure 11) and 3-[1-(2,6-di followed by de-protection (General Procedure 3). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 6 ppm 8.09 - 6.15 (m. 2 H) 7.74 - 7.79 (m, 3 H) 7.69 (s, 1 H) 7.56 - 7.62 (m, 2 H) 7.47 (t, J=8.72 Hz, 2 H) 7.06 (a, 2 H) 6.18 - 6.26 {m. 2 H) 5.25 (s. 1 H) 5.20 (S. 1 H) 4.67 - 4.79 (m. 2 H) 3.77 - 3.84 (m, 5 H) 3.74 (d, J=2.78 Hz, 3 H) 3.70 (s, 1 H) 3.58 (s, 3 H) 2.B3 (s, 1 H) 2.53 - 2.62 (m, 3 H) 2.44 (S..1 H) 1.84 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 6 H); LCMS: 494 [M+1]; c-Met Ki: 0.034 \iM. . ' . Example 89: 3-[1 - yl]-pyridin-2-ylamine (Figure Removed) The title compound was prepared according to procedure 15 using 4-{4-bromr>pyrazoM*yirne1hyi)-1-methyl-piperidine (prepared by using General Procedure 11} and 3-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxyj-S^^.S.S-tetramethyl-II.S^Idioxaborolan^-ylJ-pyridin^-ylamine. nH NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 6 ppm 8.58 (S, 1 H) 8.25 (s, 1 H) 8.00 (s, 2 H) 7.75 (s, 2 H) 7.66 (s, 2 H) 7.59 (dd, J-9.09, 5.05 Hz, 2 H) 7.48 (t, J=8.72 Hz, 2 H) 7.09 (s, 2 H) 6.20 - 6.31 (m, 2 H) 4.05 (d, J=6,82 Hz, 3 H) 3.40 (d, J=12.88 Hz, 1 H) 3.19 - 3.29 (m, 3 H) 2.78 • 2.90 (m, 3 H) 2.72 (d, J=4.55 Hz, 1 H) £07 (s, 1 H) 1185 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 4 H) 1 .59 - 1 .71 (m, 3 H) 1 .29 - 1 .40 (m, 2 H); LCMS: 478 {M+1]; C-Met Ki: 0.024 \iM. Example 90: 4-(4-{6-Ar™nO'5-[1-{2,6KJichloro-3-«uoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-pyridirv3-yl}-pyrazol-1-yl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methylamide The title compound was prepared according to procedure 20 using 4-(4-{6-amino-5-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3-auoro-pheny^)-ethoxy^pyridin-3-yl^pyrazol•1'yl)-pyrrol(dine-2-carboxylic acid methyl esler and methylamine. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOD6) 6 pom 8.96 (s, 1 H) 8.45 (d, J=4.55 Hz, 1 H) 8.11 {s, 2 H) 7.72 - 7.78 (m, 3 H) 7.70 (s, 1 H) 758 (dd, J=8.97, 4.93 Hz, 2 H) 7.47 (td. J=8.65.1.39 Hz, 2 H) 7.05 (d, J=6.06 Hz, 2 H) 6,16 - 6.24 (m, 2 H) 5.14 - 5.22 (m, J=7.58,126, 7.11.7.11 Hz, 1 H) 4.42 - 4.50 (m. 1 H) 4.31 (I, J=8.59 Hz, 1 H) 3.76 - 3.83 (m, 1 H) 3.68 - 3.75 (m, 2 H) 3.51 - 3.63 (m, 3 H) 2.86 (dt, J=13.39, 7.83 Hz, 1 H) 2.67 (t, J=4.42 Hz, 5 H) 2.28 - 2.39 (m, 2 H) 1.83 (d. J=6.57 Hz, 5 H); LCMS: 493 [M+-1]; c-Met Ki: 0.034 uM. Example 91: 4-{4-{6-Amino-5-[1 -(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-pyridin-3-yl}-pyrazol-1 -yl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid amide The title compound was prepared according to procedure 20 using 4-(4-{6-amino-5-[1-(2>6-dichloro-3-fluoro-pheny1)-ethoxy]-pyridin-3-yl}-pyrazoI-1-yl)-pyrrolidin©-2-carbo^iic acid methyl ester and amine (2 M ammonia) in methanol. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 6 ppm 9.90 (s, 1 H) 8.85 (s, 1 H) 8.15 (s, 2 H) 7.99 (s, 2 H) 7.71 - 7.81 (m, 6 H) 7.59 (dd, J=8.97, 4.93 Hz, 2 H) 7.48 (t, J=8.72 Hz, 2 H) 7.26 (s. 1 H) 7.13 (s, 1 H) 7.09 (d, J=2.27 Hz, 2 H) 6.24 (q, J=6.48 Hz, 2 H) 5.25 (s, 1 H) 4.42 - 4.51 (m, 1 H) 4.32 (t, J=8.46 Hz, 1 H) 3.78 (s, 1 H} 3.57 (s, 2 H) 2.53 -2.63 (m, 1 H) 2.32-2.41 (m, 1 H) 1.84 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 5 H); LCMS: 479 [M+1 ]; c-Met Ki: 0.044 uM. Example 92: 3-[1 -{2,6-dichloro-3-methoxyphenyl)ethoxy]-5-(1-methyl-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-2-amine (Figure Removed) The title compound was prepared according to procedure 24, from 3-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethoxy]-5-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-pyridn-2-ylamine. The starting material can be obtained according to Example 1-615 of U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 10/786,610, entitled "Aminoheteroaryl Compounds as Protein Kinase Inhibitors", filed February 26, 2004, and corresponding international application PCT/US2004/005495 of the same title, filed February 26,2004, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. 'H NMR {400' MHz, DMSO-D6) 6 ppm 1.77 (d, J=6.57,Hz, 3 H) 3.80 (s, 3 H) 3.81 - 3.85 (m, 3 H) 5.60 (s, 2 H) 8.08 (q, J=6.57 Hz, 1 H) 6.86 (d. J=1.52 Hz, 1 H) 7.10 (d. J-9.09 Hz, 1 H) 7.43 (d, J=8.84 Hz, 1. H) 7.47 (s, 1 H) 7.69 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1 H) 7.79 (s, 1 H); LCMS: 394 [M+1];oMetKi: 0.012 uM. ExampJs_93: 3-[1 -{2,6-dichloro-3-fluorophenyl)ethoxy]-5-{1 -[(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)methyl]-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl]pyridin-2-amine The title compound was prepared according to procedure 21 using 4-(chforomethy!)-3,5-dimethylisoxa20le as the alkyiating agent. 'H NMR (400 MHz, chlorofornvD) 6 ppm 1,85 The tifle compound was prepared according to procedure 21 using tert-butyl-4-methanesulfonate-l-piperidine carboxytate (procedure 11) as the alkylating agent. 'H NMR (400 MHz, chloroform-D) fi ppm 1.47 (s, 9 H) 1.85 (dr J=6.82 Hz, 3 H) 1.87 -1.98 {m. 2 H) 2.05 - 2.20 (m, 2 H) 2.82 - 2.92 The title compound was prepared according to procedures 21 and 22 using ethylene carbonate as the acylatlng agent. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 6 ppm 1.79 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 3 H) 1 .82 (d, J=4.04 Hz, 2 H) 1.92 - 2.08 (m, 2 H) 2.96 (S. 1 H) 3.97 - 4.04 (m, 2 H) 4.09 (d, J=13.39 Hz, 2 H) 4.27 '• 4.40 (m, 1 H) 4.78 (t. J=5.56 Hz, 1 H) 5.64 (s, 2 H) 6.07 (q, J=6.74 Hz, 1 H) 6.89 (d, J=1 .77 Hz. 1 H) 7.43 (t, J=8.72 Hz. 1 H) 7.52 (s. 1 H) 7.56 (dd, J=8.97, 4.93 Hz, 1 H) 7.74 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1 H) 7.97 (s, 1 H); LCMS: 539 [M+1]; c-Met Ki: 0.01 uM, Example 96: 3-[1 -(2,6-dichloro-3-(luorophenyl)ethoxy]-5-(1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-2-amlne The title compound was prepared according to procedure 21. 1H NMR (400 MHz, chloroform-D) 6 ppm 1,60 (s, 1 H) 1.84 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 3 H) 5.07 (s, 2 H) 6.06 (q, J=6.57 Hz, 1 H) 6.89 The title compound was prepared according to prooedure 2 using 2-iodopropane as the alkylating agent. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 5 ppm 0.88 {d, J-6.06 Hz. 6 H) 1.79 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 3 H) 2.35 - 2.42 (m, 1 H) 3.28 (t, 2 H) 3.62 (t, J=7.58 Hz. 2 H) 4.78 - 4.91 (m, 1 H) 5.67 (s, 2 H) 6.08 (q. J=6.57 Hz, 1 H) 7.43 (t, J=8.72 Hz. 1 H) 7.55 (dd, J=B.97, 4.93 Hz, 1 H) 7.58 (s, 1 H) 7.75 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1 H) 8.03 (s, 1 H); LCMS: 465 [M+1 J; c-Met Ki: 0.03 »JM. 1 5 Example 98: 2-[4-(4-(6-arnino-5-[1 -{2.6-dichtoro-3-iluorophenyl)ethoxylpyridin-3-yl}-1 H-pyrazoM -yl)piperidin-1 -yl]acetamide The title compound was prepared according to procedures 21 and 22 using 2-bromoacetamide as the alkylating agent. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 5 ppm 1.79 (d, J*6.57 Hz, 3 H) 1.92 - 2.08 (rn, 4 H) 2.16 - 2.31 (m, 2 H) 2.83 - 2.8B (m, 2 H} 2.89 (s. 2 H) 4,04 - 4.17 (m, 1 H) 5.64 (S. 2 H) 6.07 (q, J=6.74 Hz, 1 H) 6.88 (d, J=1.52 Hz, 1 H) 7.08 - 7.16 (m, 1 H) 7.20 {s, 1 H) 7.43 (t J=6.72 Hz, 1 H) 7.52 (s, 1 H) 7.57 (dd, J=8.97,4.93 Hz, 1 H) 7.74 (d, J=1.77 Hz. 1 H) 7.93 (s, 1 H); LCMS: 508 [M+1]; c-Met Ki: 0.007 pM. Exampje 99: 5-[1-(8-azabicyclo[3.2.i]oct-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-3-t1-(2,6-dichlorq-3-fluorophenyl) ethoxyJpyridin-2-amine The title compound was prepared according to procedure 21 using 3-methanesulfonytoxy-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carboxylic acid ten-butyl ester as the alkyiating agent. The starting material was obtained by reducing fert-butyl 3-oxc-B-azabicyclo[3.2-l]octane-8-carboxylate (commercially available from Fluka) with NaBH«/ethanol to obtain tert-butyi 3-hydroxy-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carboxylate, from which the corresponding methan&sulfonyloxy compound was prepared. 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) 6 ppm 1.85 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 3 H) 1.87 - 2.11 (m, 7 H) 3.69 - 3.78 (m, 2 H) 4.08 (d, J=7.07 Hz, 1 H) 4.51 -4.67 (m, 1 H) 6.14 (q, J=6.57 Hz, 1 H) 6.90 (B, 1 H} 720 (t, J=B.59 Hz, 1 H) 7.43 (dd, J=8.97, 4.93 Hz, 1 H> 7.51 (s, 1 H) 7.65 (s. 1 H) 7.79 (s, 1 H); LCMS: 477 [M+1]; c-Met Ki: 0.005 uM. Example 100: 3-[1 -(2,6-rJichloro-3-f!uorophenyl)ethoxy]-5-[l -(2H-tetrazol-5-ylmethyl)-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl]pyridin-2-amine The title compound was prepared according to procedure 21 using 5-chloromethyl-1(2)-tetrazole as the alkyiating agent. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 6 ppm 1.84 (d, J*6.57 Hz, 3 H> 5.74 The title compound was prepared according to procedures 21 and 22 using ethyl chlorotormate as the acylatlng agent. 'H NMR (400 MHr, DMSO-D6) 6 ppm 1.19 (t, J=7.07 Hz, 3 H) 1.71 -1.79 (m, 2 H) 1.82 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 3 H) 1.97 - 2.06 (m, 2 H) 2.93 • 3.04 (m, 2 H) 4.05 (q. J=7.07 Hz, 4 H) 4.29 • 4.47 (m, 1 H) 6.17 (q, J=6.32 Hz, 1 H) 6.50 - 6.88 (m, 2 H) 7.00 (s, 1 H) 7.46 (t, J=8.72. Hz, 1 H) 7.58 (q, J=4.55 Hz, 1 H) 7.58 (s, 1 H) 7.72 (d, J=1.52 Hz, 1 H) 8.04 (s. 1 H); LCMS: 523 JM+1]; c-Met Ki: 0.019 uM. Example 102: 2-[3-(4-{6-amino-5-[1 -(2,6-dichloro-3-fluorophenyl)ethoxy]pyridJr>3-yl}-1 H-pyrazol-1-yl)azetidin-1-yljethanol The title compound was prepared according to procedure 2 using methyl bromoacetate as the alkylating agent then using LJBI-U as the reducing agent to reduce the methyl ester to alcohol. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 5 ppm 1.83 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 3 H) 3.02 (t, J=5.81 Hz, 2 H) 3.75 (q, J-5.73 Hz. 2 H) 3.88 - 3.99 (m, 2 H) 4.18 - 4.28 (m, 2 H) 4.78 (t, J=5.18 Hz, 1 H) 5.31 - 5.42 (m, J=7.96,7.96 Hz, 1 H) 6.19 (q, J=6.57 Hz, 1 H) 7.01 (d, J=1.26 Hz, 1 H) 7.43.- 7.51 (m, 1 H) 7.59 (dd, J=8,97,4.93 Hz, 1 H) 7.76 (d, J=1.26 Hz, 1 H) 7.78 (S, 1 H) 8.15 (s. 1 H); LCMS: 467 [M+1]; c-Met Ki: 0.05 pM. Example 103: 3-[1-(2l6-dichlorc-3-fluorophenyl)ethoxy]-5-{1 -[1 -{2-methoxyethyl)azetJdin-3-yl>1 H-pyrazol-4-yl}pyridin-2-amlne The title compound was prepared according to procedure 2 using 2-bromoethyl methyl ether as the alkylating agent, 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 5 ppm 1.79 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 3 H) 2.60 - 2.67 (m, 2 H) 3.tO - 3.18 (m, 2 H) 3.22 (s, 3 H) 3.35 - 3.42 {m, 2 H) 3.68 (t, J=7.45 Hz, 2 H) 4.85 - 4.97 (m, 1 H) 5.67 (s, 2 H) 6.08 (q, J=6.40 Hz, 1 H) 6.89 (d, J=1.52 Hz, 1 H) 7.43 (t. J=8.72 Hz, 1 H) 7.56 (dd, J=B.97, 4.93 Hz, 1 H) 7.58 (s, 1 H) 7.75 (d, J=1.52 Hz, 1 H) 8.03 (s, 1 H); LCMS: 481 [M+1|; c-Met W: 0.07 MM. Example 104:3-l1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluorophenyl)ethoxy]-5-{1 -{1 -{methylsulfonyt)azetidin-3-yl]-1 H-pyrazoM-yl}pyridin-2-amine compound was prepared according to procedure 2. The last alkylation procedure was performed by dissolving 2-11 (1 molar equivalent) in OMF (3 ml). Sulfonyl chloride (1 molar equivalent) and triethyl amine (3 molar equivalents) were added and the reaction stirred at rt for 16 h. The general work-up conditions were then followed (procedure 2) to afford title compound in 30% yield. 'H NMR (400 MHz, chloroform-D) 6 ppm 1.85 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 3 H) 3.03 (s, 3 H) 4.35 - 4.45 (m, 4 H) 4.83 (s, 2 H) 5.06 (ddd, J=14.02. 7.83. 6.44 Hz, 1 H) 6.06 (q, J=6.82 Hz, 1 H) 6.84 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1 H) 7.02 - 7.08 (m, 1 H) 7.31 Example 105: , 2-[3-(4-{6-amino-5'[1 -{2,6-dichloro-3-fluorophenyl)ethoxy]pyridin-3-yl}-1 H-pyrazol-1-yl)azetidin-1 -yl]-2-oxoethanol (Figure Removed) The title compound was prepared according to procedure 2. The last alkylation procedure was performed by dissolving 2-11 (1 molar equivalent) in DMF (3 mL). 2-chloro-2-oxoethyl acetate (1 molar equivalent) and triethyt amine (5 molar equivalents) were added and the reaction stirred at rt for 16 h. The general work-up conditions were then followed {procedure 2) to afford 2-[3-(4-{6-amino-5-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3-iluorophenyl)ethoxy]pyridin-3-yl}-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)azetldin-l-yl]-2-oxoethyl acetate in' 27% yield. The compound was dissolved in MeOH/H2O (4:1) and then potassium hydroxide (1 molar equivalent) was added. After stirring at rt for 3 h, H2O and EtOAc were added and the organic phase extracted, dried (Na2SO4), concentrated, and then purified by preparative HPLC to afford the title compound in 68% yield. 'H NMR (400 MHZ, DMSO-D6) S ppftl 1.84 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 3 H) 3.95 (s, 2 H) 4,08 - 4.18 (m, 1 H) 4.32 : 4.44 (m, 2 H) 4.64 (t, J=8.72 Hz, 1 H) 5.24 - 5.32 (m, 1 H) 6.23 (q. J=6.57 Hz, 1 H) 7.11 (s, 1 H) 7.47 (I, J=8.72 Hz, 1 H) 7.59 (dd, J=9.09,5.05 Hz, 1 H) 7.74 - 7.77 (m. 2 H) 8.17 (s, 1 H); LCMS: 479.90 IM+1]; c-Met Ki: 0.022 uM. Example -[((Figure Removed) 1 -acetylazetidin-3-yf)methvl]-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl}-3-[1 -(2.8-dichloro-3- fluoroprtenyl)ethoxy]pyridin-2-amine The title compound was prepared according to procedure 1. The last alleviation procedure was performed by dissolving 1-1Q (1 molar equivalent) in dichloromethane (3 ml). Acetic anhydride (1.1 molar equivalent) and triethyl amine (3 molar equivalents) were added and the reaction stirred at rt for 16 h. The reaction was then concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (gradient 50% EtOAc/Hexanes -100% EtOAc) to afford the title compound in 89% yield. !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 0 ppm 1.71 (d, J=2.78 Hz, 3 H) 1.79 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 3 H) 2.92 - 3.03 (m, 1 H) 3.62 (dd, J=9.60, 5.56 Hz, 1 H) 3.82 - 3.93 (m, 2 H) 4.13 (t, J=8.46 Hz, 1 H) 4.30 (d. J=7.33 Hz, 2 H) 5.67 (s, 2 H) 6.07 (q, J*6.57 Hz, 1 H) 6.86 (s. 1 H) 7.43 (t, J=B.72 Hz, 1 H) 7.53 - 7.58 (m, 2 H) 7.73 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1 H) 7.90 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1 H); LCMS: 477.90 [M+1]; o-Met Ki: 0.029 uM. Example 107: S-[1 -(2,6-dichloro-3-f!uorophenyl)ethoxy]-5-(1 -{[1 -(methyIsulfonyl)azetidin-3-yl]methyl}-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-2-amine (Figure Removed) The title compound was prepared according to procedure 1. The last alkylation procedure was performed by dissolving 1-10 (1 molar equivalent) in DMF (3 mL). Sulfonyl chloride (1 molar equivalent) and triethyl amine (3 molar equivalents) were added and the reaction stirred at rt for 16 h. The general work-up conditions were then followed (procedure 1) to afford title compound in 54% yield.. *H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 6 ppm 1.85 (d, J=6-57 Hz, 3 H) 2.99 (s, 3 H) 3.01 - 3.12 (m, 1 H) 3.77 (dd. J=8.08, 6.06 Hz, 2 H) 3.97 {t, J=8.34 Hz, 2 H) 4.37 {d, J=7.07 Hz. 2 H) 5.74 (s. 2 H) 6.14 (q, J=6.40 Hz. 1 H) 6.94 (d. J=1.52 Hz, 1 H) 7.50 (t, J=8.72 Hz. 1 H) 7.58 - 7.65 (m, 2 H) 7.79 (d, J=1.77 Hz. 1 H) 8.01 (S. 1 H); LCMS: 514.10 IM+1]; c-Met Ki: 0.044 pM. Example 108: 3-l1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluoroprienyl)ethoxy]-5-{1-[(1-isopropylazBtidin-3-yl)rnethyll-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)pyrldin-2-amine (Figure Removed) The title compound was prepared according to procedure 1. The last alkylatlon procedure was performed by dissolving 1-10 (1 molar equivalent) in DMF (3 mL). 2-todopropane (1 molar equivalent) and triethyl amine (3 molar equivalents) were added and the reaction stirred at 50°C for 16 h. The genera) work-up conditions were then followed (procedure 1) to afford title compound in 15% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 5 ppm 0.80 (d, J=*6.06 Hz. 6 H) 1,79 (d, J=6.32 Hz, 3 H) 2.18 (ddd, J=12.25, 6.32, 6.19 Hz, 1 H) 2.65 (td. J=13.45. 6.19 Hz. 1 H) 2.83 (t, J=5.31 Hz, 2 H) 3.13 (t, J=6.69 Hz, 2 H) 4.22 (d, J=7.33 Hz, 2 H) 5.65 (s, 2 H) 6.07 (q, J=6.65 Hz. 1 H) 6.86 (d. J=1.52 Hz. 1 H) 7.43 (t, J=8.72 Hz, 1 H) 7,51 (s, 1 H) 7.55 (dd. 0=8.97, 4.93 Hz. 1 H) 7.72 (d, J=1.52 Hz, 1 H) 7.85 (s. 1 H); LCMS: 478.20 [M+1]; C-Met Kt: 0.057 uM. Example 109: 2-|3-(4-{6-amtno-5-t1-(2,6-dichlofo-3-fluorophenyl)ethoxy]pyridin-3-yl}-lH-pyrazoH-yl)azetidin-1-yl]acetamide The title compound was prepared according to procedure 2. The last alkylation procedure was performed by dissolving 2-11 (1 molar equivalent) In DMF (3 ml). 2-iodopropane {1 molar .equivalent) and triethyl amine (5 molar equivalents) were added and the reaction stirred at it for 16 h. The genera! work-up conditions were then followed (procedure 2) to afford title compound in 23% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 8 ppm 1.79 (d, J*6.G2 Hz, 3 H) 3.09 {s, 2 H) 3.42 - 3.51 (m. 2 H) 3,78 (t. J=7.5B Hz. 2 H) 4.95 (qd, J=6.86, 6.69 Hz. 1 H) 5.67 (s, 2 H) 6.08 (q, J=6.65 Hz, 1 H) 6.90 {d, J=1.52,Hz, 1 H) 7.08 (s. 1 H) 7.19 (s, 1 H) 7.43 (t, J=8.72 Hz, 1 H) 7.54-7.59 (m, 2 H) 7.76 (d. J=1.77 Hz, 1 H) 8.11 (s, 1 H); LCMS: 478.90 IM+1];c-MetKi: 0.021 HM. . - Example 110: 5-t1-(1-acetylazettdin"3-yl)-1H-pyrazoI-4-ylJ-3-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3'fluorophenyl) ethoxyjpyridln-2-amine (Figure Removed) The title compound was prepared according to procedure 2. The last alkylation procedure was performed by dissolving 2-11 (1 molar equivalent) in DMF (3 mL). Acetic anhydride (1 molar equivalent) and triethyl amine (3 molar equivalents) were added and the reaction stirred at rt for 16 h. The general work-up conditions were then followed (procedure 2) to afford title compound in 9% yield. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 5 ppm 1.79 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 3 H) 1.80 (s. 3 H) 4.08 (dtr J=9.35,4.67 Hz. 1 H) 4.27 {t, J=9.09 Hz. 1 H) 4.36 (ddd, J=8.97. 4.42,4.29 Hz, 1 H) 4.54 (t, J=8.46 Hz, 1 H) 5.20 (ddd, J=13.26,7.96, 5.31 Hz, 1 H) 5.69 (s, 2 H) 6.08 (q. J=6.57 Hz, 1 H) 6.91 (d. J=1.77 Hz, 1 H) 7.44 (t, J=8772 Hz, 1 H) 7.56 (dd, J=9.09. 5.05 Hz. 1 H) 7.66 (s. 1 H) 7.76 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1 H) 8.07 (s, 1 H); LCMS: 464.10 [M+1]; c-Met W: 0.032 MM. . . Example 111: {3-E(4-{6-amino-5-[1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fliiorophenyl)ethoxy]pyridin-3-yl}-lH-pyrazol-1- yl)methyl]azetidin-1 -yl}acetonitrile - The title compound was prepared according to procedure 1. The last alkylation procedure was performed by dissolving 1-1Q (1 molar equivalent) in dichloromethane (3 mL). Bromoacetonitrile (1 molar equivalent) and triethyl amine (3 molar equivalents) were added and the reaction stirred at rt for 16 h. The general work-up conditions were then followed (procedure 1) to afford title compound in 51% yield. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 6 ppm 1.79 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 3 H) 2.80 (ddd, J=13.14, 7.33. 5.81 Hz, 1 H) 3.08 (t, J=6.44 Hz, 2 H) 3.32 (t, J=7.20 Hz, 2 H) 3.59 (s, 2 H) 4.25 (d, J=7.33 Hz, 2 H) 5.66 (s, 2 H) 6.07 (q, J=6.57 Hz, 1 H) 6.86 (d, J-1.77 Hz, 1 H) 7.43 (t, J=8.72 Hz. 1 H) 7.52 ($, 1 H) 7.56 (dd. J=8.97.4.93 Hz, 1 H) 7.72 (d, J=1.52 Hz, 1 H) 7.88 (s, 1 H); LCMS: 475.10 [M+1}; o-Met Kl: 0.037 uM. Example 112: 5-(14[1-(cyclopropylmethyl)azetidirv-3-yl]methyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-3-[1-(2,6-dichtoro-3-fluorophenyl)ethoxy]pyridin-2-amine (Figure Removed) NH* The title compound was prepared according to procedure 1 The last alkylation procedure was performed by dissolving 1-10 (1 molar equivalent) in DMF(3 ml). Bromocyclopropane (1 molar equivalent) and trieihyl amine (3 molar equivalents) were added and the reaction stirred at rt for 16 h. The general work-up conditions were then followed (procedure 1) to afford title compound In 36% yield. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 6 pprn 0.03 (q, J=4.80 Hz, 2 H) 0.34 (cfdd, J=8.08, 5.68. 4.17 Hz, 2 H) 0.62 - 0.72 (m, 1 H) 1.79 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 3 H) 2.18 (d. J=6.57 Hz. 2 H) 2.69 - 2.78 (m. 1 H) 2.90 (t, J=5.81 Hz. 2 H) 3.19 (t, J=7.20 Hz, 2 H) 4.23 (d, J=7.33 Hz, 2 H) 5.65 (s, 2 H) 6.07 (q, J=6.57 Hz, 1 H) 6.86 (d, J«1.52 Hz, 1 H) 7.43 (t, J=8.7£ H2,1 H) 7.51 (s, 1 H) 7.55 (dd, J=8.97. 4.93 Hz, 1 H) 7.72 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1 H) 7.86 (s, 1 H); LCMS: 490,10 [M+1]; c-Met W: 0.047 uM. Example 113; . 2-{3-[(4-{6-amino-5-[1 -{2,6-dichloro-3-fluorophenyl)ethoxy]pyridin-3-yI}-1H-pyrazol-1 -yl)methyl]azetidin-i -ytjacetamlde (Figure Removed) The title compound was prepared according to procedure 1. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 5 ppm 1.79 (d, J=6.82 Hz. 3 H) 2.69 - 2.80 (m, 1 H) 2.91 (s. 2 H) 3.02 (t, J-5.68 Hz, 2 H) 3.29 (td, J=7.07, 2.53 Hz, 2 -141- H) 4.28 (d. J=7.33 Hz, 2 H) 5.66 (S, 2 H) 6.07 (q. J=6.74 Hz, 1 H) 6.85 (d, J=1.77 Hz,- 1 H) 7.06 (d, J=19.45 Hz, 2 H) 7.43 (t, J=8.72 Hz, 1 H) 7.52 (s, 1 H) 7.56 (dd, J=8.97, 4.93 Hz, 1 H) 7.72 (d, J*1.77 Hz, 1 H) 7.B5 (s, 1 H); LCMS: 493 [M+1 ]; c-Met Ki: 0.035 MM. Example 114: 3-[1-(2l6-dichloro-3-fluorophenyl)ethoxy>5-[1-{{1-[(dimethy]amino)acetyl]azetidin-3-yl](nethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]pyridin-2-amm€ The title compound was prepared according to procedure 1. 'H NMR (400 MHz. DMSO-D6) 6 ppm 1.79 (d. J=6.57 Hz, 3 H) 2.13 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 6 H) 2.85 (d. J«2.78 Hz, 2 H) 2.95 - 3.05 (m, 1 H) 3.67 (dd, J=9.60, 5.31 Hz, 1 H) 3.89 (t, J=8.97 Hz, 1 H) 3.96 (dd, J=9.09, 5.31 Hz, 1 H) 4.19 (t, J=8.59 Hz, 1 H) 4.29 (d, J=7.07 Hz, 2 H) 5.67 (s, 2 H) 6.07 (q, J=6.57 Hz, 1 H) 6.86 (s, 1 H) 7.43 (t, J=8.72 Hz, 1 H) 7.49 -7.59 (m, 2 H) 7.73 (d, J-1.52 Hz, 1 H) 7.90 (d. J=2.02 Hz, 1 H); LCMS; 521.10JMVI]. Example 115: 3-[1-(2,6Hdichloro-3-fluorophenyl)ethoxyI-5-[1-(B-methyl-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1Ioct-3-y1)-1H- •; pyrazol-4-yl]pyridin-2-amine . The title compound was prepared according to procedures 21 and 22. 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) 6 ppm 1.72 • 1.84 {m. 2 H) 1.86 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 3 H) 1.90 - 2.02 (m, 2 H) 2-08 - 2.25 (m, 4 H) 2,38 (s, 3 H) 3.32 -3.40 (m, 2 H) 4.43 - 4.60 (m. 1 H) 6.17 (q, J=6.57 Hz, 1 H) 6.92 (d, Js1.77 Hz, 1 H) 7.11 - 7.29 (m, 1 H) 7.45 (dd, J=8.84,4.80 Hz. 1 H) 7.50 (s, 1 H) 7.7B (s, 1 H);.LCMS: 491IM+1]; c-Met Kl: 0.009 pM. Example 116: 3-{1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluorophenyl)elhoxy]-5-[1-(1l1-d5oxidotetrahydro-2H-thlopyran-4-yl}-1H-pyiazol-4-yl]pyridin-2-amine The title compound was prepared according to procedure 21. *H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) 6 ppm 1.94 (d, J.6.57 Hz, 3 H) 2.44 (d, J=13.90 Hz, 2 H) 2.53 - 2.70 (m, 2 H) 4.53 - 4.66 (m. 1 H) 4.89 - 4.95 (m, 2 H} 6.35 (q, J=6.15 Hz, 1 H) 7.15 (s, 1 H) 7.28 (t, J=8.59 Hz, 1 H) 7.50 (dd, J=S.59,4.55 Hz, 1 H) 7.60 (S, 1 H) 7.65 (S.1 H) 7.95 (s. 1 H); LCMS: 500 [M+1]; c-Met KI; 0.017 MM. Example 117: 3-{1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluorophenyl)ethoxy]-5-[1-(1,1-dioxidotetrartydro-2H-thiopyran-3-yl)-1H-pyrazo1-4-yl]pyridin-2-amine The title compound was prepared according to procedure 21. *H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) 5 ppm 1.94 (d, J«6.57 Hz. 3 H) 2.03 - 2.13 (m, 2 H) 2.18 - 2.32 (m, 2 H) 3.07 - 3.21 (m, 2 H) 3.42 - 3.50 (m, 1 H) 3.61 (t, J=12.76 Hz, 1 H) 4.73 - 4.82 (m, 1 H) 6.35 (q, J=6.57 Hz, 1 H) 7.15 (s, 1 H) 7.28 (t, J=8.59 Hz, 1 H) 7.51 (dd, J=8.97,4.93 Hz, 1 H) 7.59 (s, 2 H) 7.66 (s, 2 H) 7.96 (s, 2 H); LCMS: 500 [M+1]; c-Met Ki: 0.014 |jM. Example 118:3-[1 -(2,6-dichloro-3-f luoropheny!)ethoxy]-S-(1 -piperidin-4-yl-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)pyri The title compound was prepared according to procedure 23. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 5 ppm 1.65 -1.76 (m, 2 H) 1.79 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 3 H) 1.85 -1.95 (m, 2 H) 2.51 - 2.64 {m, 2 H) 3.01 (d, J=12.38 Hz. 2 H) 4.03 - 4.23 (m, 1 H) 5.63 (s, 2 H) 6.07 (q. J=6.57 Hz, 1 H) 6.88 (d, J=1.52 Hz, 1 H) 7.43 {t, J=8.72 Hz, 1 H) 7.51 (s, 1 H) 7.56 (dd, J=8.97,4.93 Hz, 1 H) 7.74 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1 H) 7.90 (s, 1 H}; LCMS: 451 [M-t-1]. Example 119: Methyl (4-(4-{6-amino-5-[1-(2,6'dichloro-3-fluorophenyl}ethoxy]pyridin-3-y1}-1 H-pyrazo!-l-yt}piperidin-1 -yljacetate (Figure Removed) along the same lines for any PK using techniques well known in the art. A literature reference is provided (Technikova-Dobrova 2, Sardanelli AM, Papa S FEES Lett. 1991 Nov 4; 292:69-72). The general procedure is as follows: compounds and kinase assay reagents are introduced into test wells. The assay is initiated by addition of the kinase enzyme. Enzyme inhibitors reduce the measured activity of the enzyme. In the .continuous-coupled spectrophotometric assay the time-dependent production of ADP by the kinase is determined by analysis of the rate of consumption of NADH by measurement of the decrease in absorbance at 340 nm. As the PK produces ADP it is re-converted to ATP by reaction with phosphoenol pyruvate and pyruvate kinase. Pyruvate is also produced in this reaction. Pyruvate is subsequently converted to laclate by reaction with lactate dehydrogenase, which simultaneously converts NADH to NAD. NADH has a measurable absorbance at 340 nm whereas NAD does not. The presently preferred protocol for conducting the continuous-coupled spectrophotometric experiments for specific PKs is provided below. However, adaptation of this protocol for determining the activity of compounds against other RTKs, as well as for CTKs and STKs, is weU within the scope of knowledge of those skilled in the art. HGFR Continuous-coupled Soectrophotometric Assay This assay analyzes the tyrosine kinase activity of HGFR on the Met-2 substrate peptide, a peptide derived from the activation loop of the HGFR. Materials and Reagents: I. HGFR enzyme from Upstate (Met, active) Cat. # 14-526 2.. Met-2 Peptide (HGFR Activation Loop) Ac-ARDMYDKEYYSVHNK {MW = 1960). Dissolve up in 200 mM HEPES, pH 7.5 at 10 mM stock. 3. 1 M PEP (phospho-enol-pyruvate) in 200 mM HEPES, pH 7.5 4. 100 mM NADH (B-Nicotinamide Adenine Dinucleotide, Reduced Form) in 200mM HEPES, pH 7.5 5. 4 M MgCla (Magnesium Chloride) in ddHjO 6. 1 M DTT (Dithlothreltol) In 200 mM HEPES, pH 7.5 7. 15 Unrts/mL LDH (Lactic Dehydrogenase) 8. 15 Units/mL PK (Pyruvate Kinase) 9. 5M NaCl dissolved in ddH20 10. Tween-20 {Protein Grade) 10% Solution II. 1 M HEPES buffer. (N-[2-Hydroxethyl]piperazine-N-[2-ethanesuHonic acid]) Sodium Salt. Dissolve in ddH2O, adjust pH to 7.5, bring volume to 1 L Filter at 0.1 urn. 12. HPLC Grade Water; Burdick and Jackson #365-4,1 X 4 liters (or equivalent) 13. 100% DMSO (SIGMA) 14. Costar # 3880 - black clear flat bottom half area plates for KI determination and % inhibition 15. Costar # 3359 - 96 well polypropylene plates, round bottom for serial dilutions 16. Costar # 3635 - UV-plate clear flat bottom plates for % inhibition 17. Beckman DU-650 w/ micro cell holders 18. Beckman 4-position micro cell cuvette Procedure: Prep Dilution Buffer (DB) for Enzyme (For 30 mL prep) 1. DB final concentration is 2 mM DTT, 25 mM NaCI2,5 mM MgClj, 0.01% Tween-20. and 50 mM HEPES buffer, pH 7.5. 2. Make up 50 mM HEPES by adding t .5 mL 1 M HEPES into 28.1 mL of ddH2O. Add rest of the * ' reagents. Into 50 mL conical vial, add 60 uL of 1M DTT, 150 jiL 5M NaCla, 150 u.L 1M MgCfe, and 30 ui. of 10% Tween-20 to give total volume o130 mL. 3. Vortex for 5-10 seconds. 4. Aliquot out DB at! mUtube and label tubes as "DB HGFR* 5. Note: This can be prepared and stored ahead of time. 6. Freeze un-used aliquote in microcertrifuge tubes at -20°C freeze Prep Compounds 1. For compound dilution plate, add 4 uL of 10 mM stock into column 1 of plate, and bring volume to 100uLwith100%DMSO. ' 2. Set up the Precision 2000 dilution method. A final concentration of 200 uM compound In 50% DMSO, 100 mM HEPES (1:2 serial dilution). Prep Coupled Enzymatic Buffer: 1. Final concentration in assay: Reagent (Stock Cone.) Final Cone. In Assay a. PEP (1 M) 1 mM b. NADH(IOOmM) 300 fiM c. MgClz(4M) -20mM 4 DTT(1M) 2mM e. ATP (500 mM) 300 jiM f. HEPES 200 mM (pH 7.5) 100 mM g. Pyruvate Kinase (PK) 15 units/mL h. Lactic Dehydrogenase (LDH) 15 ynits/mL i. Met-2peptide(10mM) . 0.500 mM |. HGFR - 50 nM . 2. For a 10 mL reaction buffer add 10 ul of 1M PEP, 33 uj.,of 100 mM NADH, 50 \iL of 4M MgCfe, 20 ul of 1M DTt, 6 uL ot 500 mM ATP, and 500 uL of 10 mM Met-2 peptide into 100 mM HEPES buffer pH 7.5 and vortex/mix. 3. Add coupling enzymes, LDH and PK, into reaction mix. Mix by gentle inversion. Running samples 1. Spectrophotometer settings: i. Absorbance wavelength (h): 340 nm ii, Incubation time: 10min iii. Run time: 10 men iv. Temperature: 37°C 2. Add 85 ul of CE reaction mix into each well of assay plate. 3. Add 5 uL of diluted compound into a well of the assay plate. 4. Add 5 uL of 50% DMSO for negative control into last column oi assay plate. 5. Mix with multi-channel pipettor or orbital shaker. 6. Pre-incubate for 10 minutes at 37°C. 7. Add 10 \iL of 500 nM HGFR to each well of assay plate; the final HGFR concentration is 50 nM in a total final volume of 100 pL 8. Measure activity for 10 minutes at A = 340 nm and 37°C. The following In vitro assays may be used to determine the level of activity and effect of the different compounds of the present invention on one or more of the PKs. Similar assays can be designed along the same lines for any PK using techniques well known in the art. Several of the assays described herein are performed in an ELISA (Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent Sandwich Assay) format (Voder, et al., 1980, "Enzyme-Linked Immunosorberrt Assay," Manual of Clinical Immunology, 2d ed., Rose and Friedman, Am. Soc. Of Microbiology, Washington, D.C., pp. 359-371). General procedure is as follows: a compound is introduced to cells expressing the test kinase, either naturally or recombinantly, for a selected period of lime after which, if the test kfnase is a receptor, a llgand known to activate the receptor is added. The cells are lysed and the lysate is transferred to the wells of an ELISA plate previously coated with a specific antibody recognizing the substrate of the enzymatic phosphorylation reaction. Non-substrate components of the cell lysate are washed away and the amount of phosphorylation on the substrate is detected with an antibody specifically recognizing phosphotyrosine compared with control cells that were not contacted with a test compound. The presently preferred protocols for conducting the ELISA experiments for specific PKs is provided below. However, adaptation of these protocols for determining the activity of compounds against other RTKs, as well as for CTKs and STKs, Is well within the scope of knowledge of those skilled in the art. Other assays described herein measure the amount of DNA made in response to activation of a test kinase, which is a general measure of a proliferate response. General procedure for this assay is as follows: a compound Is introduced to cells expressing the test kinase, either naturally or recombinanily, for a selected period of time after which, if the test kinase is a receptor, a ligand known to activate the receptor Is added. After incubation at least overnight, a DNA labeling reagent such as 5-bromodeoxyuridine (Brdll) or H9-thymidine is added. The amount of labeled DNA is detected with either an anti-BrdU antibody or by measuring radioactivity and is compared to control cells not contacted with a test compound. MET Transphosphorvlation. Assay This assay is used to measure phosphotyrosine levels on a pdy(glutamic acid: tyrosine, 4:1) substrate as a means for identifying agonists/antagonists of met transphosphorylation of the substrate. Materials and Reagents: 1. Corning 96-well ELISA plates, Corning Catalog # 25805-96. 2. Poly{glu-tyr), 4:1, Sigma, Cat No; P 0275. 3. PBS, Gibco Catalog # 450-1300EB 4. 50 mM HEPES 5. Blocking Buffer: Dissolve 25 g Bovine Serum Albumin, Sigma Cat. No A-7888, in 500 mL PBS, filter through a 4 urn filter. 6. Purified GST fusion protein containing the Met kinase domain, SUGEN, Inc. 7. TBST Buffer. , . 8- 10% aqueous (MilliQue H2O) DMSO. 9. 10 mM aqueous (dHaO) Adenosine-S'-triphosphate, Sigma Cat. No. A-5394. 10. 2X Kinase Dilution Buffer:, for 100 ml, mix 10 mL 1M HEPES at pH 7.5 with 0-4 mL 5% BSA/PBS, 0.2 mL 0.1 M sodium orthovanadate and 1 ml 5M sodium chloride In 68.4 mL dH2O. 11. 4X ATP Reaction Mixture: for 10 mL, mix 0.4 mL 1 M manganese chloride and 0.02 mL 0.1 M ATPin9.56mLdH2O. 12. 4X Negative Controls Mixture: for 10 ml, mix 0.4 mL 1 M manganese chloride in 9.6 mL dHjO. 13. NUNC 96-well V bottom polypropylene plates, Applied Scientific Catalog # S-72092 14. SOOmMEDTA. 15; Antibody Dilution Butler, for 100 mL, mix 10 mL 6% BSA/PBS, 0.5 mL 5% Carnation* Instant Milk in PBS and 0.1 mL 0.1 M sodium orthovanadate in 88.4 mL TBST. 16. Rabbit polyclonal antophosphotyrosine antibody, SUGEN, Inc. 17. Goat anti-rabbit horseradish peroxidase conjugated antibody. Biosource. Inc. 18. ABTS Solution: for 1 L, mix 19.21 g citric acid, 35.49 g Na2HPO4 and 500 mg ABTS with sufficient dH2O to make 1 L. 19. ABTS/H2Cy mix 15 mL ABST solution with 2uL H2O2 five minutes before use. 20. 0.2 MHO Procedure: 1. Coat ELISA plates with 2 ug Poly(Glu-Tyr) In 100 uL PBS, hold overnight at 4°C. 2. Block plate with 150 uL of 5% BSA/PBS for 60 min. '. 3. Wash plate twice with PBS then once with 50 mMHepes buffer pH 7.4. 4. Add 50 uL of the diluted kinase to all wens. (Purified Kinase is diluted with Kinase Dilution Buffer. Final concentration should be 10 ng/well.) 5. Add 25 uL of the test compound (in 4% DMSO) or DMSO alone (4% in"dH2O) for controls to plate. 6. Incubate the kinase/compound mixture for 15 minutes. 7. Add 25 uL of 40 mM MnCljto the negative control wells. 8. Add 25 uL ATP/ MnCI2 mixture to the all other wells (except the negative controls). Incubate for 5 min. • 9. Add 25 uL SOOmMEDTA to stop reaction. 10. Wash plate 3x with TBST. . 11. Add 100 |iL rabbit polyclonal anti-Ptyr diluted 1:10,000 in Antibody Dilution Buffer to each well. Incubate, with shaking, at room temperature for one hour. 12. Wash plate 3x with TBST. 13. Dilute Biosource HRP conjugated anti-rabbit antibody 1: 6,000 in Antibody Dilution buffer. Add 100 ui per well and incubate at room temperature, with shaking, for one hour. 14. Wash plate IX with PBS. 15. Add 100 Mi of ABTS/HzOz solution to each well. 16. If necessary, stop the development reaction with the addition of 100 uL of 0.2M HCI per well. 17. Read plate on Dynatech MR7000 ELISA reader with the test filter at 410 nM and the reference filter at 630 nM. BrdU INCORPORATION ASSAYS The following assays use cells engineered to express a selected receptor and then evaluate the effect of a compound of interest on the activity of ligand-induced DMA synthesis by determwig BrdU incorporation into the DNA. The following materials, reagents and procedure are general to each of the following BrdU incorporation assays. Variances in specific assays are noted. General Materials arid Reagents: 1. The appropriate ligand. 2. The appropriate engineered cells. 3. BrdU Labeling Reagent: 10 mM, in PBS, pH7.4{Roche Molecular Biochemicals, Indianapolis, IN). 4. FixDenat: fixation solution (Roche Molecular Biochemicals,' Indianapolis, IN). 5. Anti-BrdU-POD: mouse monoclonal antibody conjugated with peroxidase (Chemicon, Temecula, CA). 6. TMB Substrate Solution: tetramettiylbenzidine (TMB, ready to use, Roche Molecular Biochemicals, Indianapolis, IN). 7. PBS Washing Solution :1X PBS, pH 7.4. 8. Albumin, Bovine (BSA), fraction V powder (Sigma Chemical Co., USA). General Procedure: 1. CeHs are seeded at 8000 cells/well In 10% CS, 2mM Gin in DMEM, in a 96 well plate. Cells are incubated overnight at 37°C in 5% CC-2- 2. After 24 hours, the cells are washed with PBS, and then are serum-starved In serum free medium (0%CS DMEM with 0.1% BSA) for 24 hours. 3. On day 3, the appropriate ligand and the test compound are added to the cells simultaneously. The negative control wells receive serum free DMEM with 0.1% BSA only; the positive control cells receive the ligand but no test compound. Test compounds are prepared in serum free DMEM with ligand In a 96 well plate, and serially diluted for 7 test concentrations. 4. After 18 hours of ligand activation, diluted BrdU labeling reagent (1:100 in DMEM, 0.1% BSA) is added and the cells are incubated with BrdU (final concentration is 10 uM) for 1.5 hours. 5. After Incubation with labeling reagent, the medium is removed by decanting and tapping the inverted plate on a paper towel. RxDenat solution is added (50 ul/well) and the plates are incubated at room temperature for 45 minutes on a plate shaker. 6. The FixDenat solution is removed by decanting and tapping the inverted plate on a paper towel. Milk is added (5% dehydrated milk in PBS, 200 uL/well) as a blocking solution and the plate is incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker. 7. The blocking solution is removed by decanting and the,wells are washed once with PBS'. Anti- BrdU-POD solution is added (1:200 dilution in PBS, 1% BSA, 50 uUwell) and the plate is incubated for 90 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker. 8. The antibody conjugate is removed by decanting and rinsing the wells 5 times with PBSi-and the plate is dried by inverting and tapping on a paper towel. 9. TMB substrate solution is added (100 ul/well) and incubated for 20 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker until color development is sufficient for photometric detection, 10. The absorbance of the samples are measured at 410 nm (in "dual wavelength" mode with a filter reading at 490 nm, as a reference wavelength) on a Dynatech ELISA plate reader. . HGF-lnduced BrdU Incorporation Assay Materials and Reagents: 1. Recombinant human HGF (Cat. No. 249-HG, R&D Systems, Inc. USA). 2. BxPC-3 cells (ATCCCRL-1687). • Remaining Materials and Reagents, as above.. Procedure: 1. Cells are seeded at 9000 cells/wen in RPMI 10% FBS in a 96 well plate. Cells are incubated overnight at 37"C in 5% COj. . .; 2. After 24 hours, the cells are washed with PBS, and then are serum starved in 100 pL serum-free medium (RPMI with 0.1% BSA) for 24 hours. • " 3. On day 3,25 jiL containing ligand (prepared at 1 u.g/mL in RPMI with 0.1% BSA; final HGF cone. is 200 ng/mL) and test compounds are added to the cells. The negative control wells receive 25 u.L serum-free RPMI with 0.1% BSA only; the positive control cells receive the ligand (HGF) but no test compound. Test compounds are prepared at 5 times their final concentration in serum-free RPMI with ligand in a 96 well plate, and serially diluted to give 7 test concentrations. Typically, the highest final concentration of test compound is 100 uM, and 1:3 dilutions are used (i.e. final test compound concentration range is 0.137-100 jiM). 4. After 18 hours erf ligand activation, 12.5 u.L of diluted BrdU labeling reagent (1:100 in RPMI, 6.1% BSA) is added to each well and the cells are incubated with BrdU (final concentration is 10 uM) for 1 hour. 5. Same as General Procedure. 6. Same as General Procedure. 7. The blocking solution is removed by decanting and the wells are washed once with PBS. Anti- BrdU-POD solution (1;100 dilution in PBS, 1% BSA) is added (100 ul/well) and the plate is incubated for 90 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker. 8. Same as General Procedure. 9. Same as General Procedure. 10. Same as General Procedure. Cellular HGFR AutophosPhorvlation Assav A549 cells (ATCC) were used in this assay. Cells were seeded In the growth media (RPMI + 10%FBS) into 96 well plates and cultured overnight at 37 *C for attachment. Cells were exposed to the starvation media (RPMI + 0.05% BSA). Dilutions of the inhibitors were added to the plates and incubated at 37 °C for 1 hour. Cells were then stimulated by adding 40 ng/ml HGF for .15 minutes. Cells were washed once with 1mM Na3V(X, in H8SS and then lysed. The lysates were diluted with 1mM NaaVO* in HBSS and transferred to a 96 well goat ant-rabbit coated plate (Pierce) which was pre-coated with anti-HGFR antibody (Zymed Laboratories). The piates were incubated overnight at 4 °C and washed with 1 % Tween 20 in PBS for seven times. HRP-PY20 (Santa Cruz) was diluted and added to the plates for 30 minutes incubation. Plates were then washed again and TMB peroxidase substrate (Kirkegaard & Perry) was added and incubated for 10 minutes. The reaction was then stopped by adding 0.09N H2SO4. Plates were measured at OD-450 nm using a spectrophotometer. IC50 values were calculated by curve fitting using a four-parameter analysis. Compounds of the invention were measured for HGFR inhibition activity; the data are shown in each Example. Ki data were obtained using the HGFR Continuous-Coupled Spectrophotometric Assay, and ICa, data were obtained using the Cellular HGFR Autophosphorylation Assay, both of which are described above. While the invention has been Illustrated by reference to specific and preferred embodiments, those skilled in the art will recognize that variations and modifications may be made through routine experimentation and practice of the invention. Thus, the invention is intended not to be limited by the foregoing description, but to be defined by the appended claims and their equivalents. All references cited herein, including any priority documents, are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties. WE CLAIM: 1. Amino-pyridine compounds as protein kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer of formula 1 (Formula Removed) wherein: Y is CR12; A is phenyl substituted by one, two or three R3 groups; R1 is selected from (Formula Removed) substituted by one, two or three R13 groups; R2 is hydrogen, each R3 is independently halogen, C1-12 alkyl, C2-12 alkenyl, C2-12 alkynyl, C3-12 cycloalkyl, C6-12 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -S(O)mR4, -S02NR4R5, -S(O)2OR4, -NO2, -NR4R5, -CN, -C(O)R4, -OC(O)R4, -O(CR6R7)nR4, -O(CR6R7)(CR6R7)nNR4R5, -O(CR6R7)(CR6R7)nOR4, -NR4C(O)R5, -(CR6R7)nC(O)OR4, -(CR6R7)nOR4, -(CR6R7)nNCR4R5, -C(=NR6)NR4R5, -NR4C(O)NR5R6, or -NR4S(O)pR5 each R4, R5, R6 and R7 is independently hydrogen, halogen, C1-12 alkyl, C2-12 alkenyl, C2-12 alkynyl, C3.12 cycloalkyl, C6-12 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl; each R9 is methyl and R10 is hydrogen. R12 is hydrogen; each R13 is independently halogen, C2-12 alkenyl, C2-12 alkynyl, C3-12 cycloalkyl, C6-12 aryl, 3-12 membered heteroalicyclic, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -S(O)mR4, -SO2NR4R5, -S(O)2OR4, -NO2, -NR4R5, -CN, -C(O)R4, -O(CR6R7)nR4, -NR4C(O)R5, -(CR6R7)nC(O)OR4, each p is independently 1 or 2; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, thereof, 2. Amino-pyridine compounds as claimed in claim 1, of formula 2b (Formula Removed) 3. Amino-pyridine compounds as claimed in claim 1, of formula 3b (Formula Removed) 4. Amino-pyridine compounds as claimed in claim 1, of formula 4b (Formula Removed) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, thereof. 5. Amino-pyridine compounds as claimed in claim 1, of formula 5b (Formula Removed) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, thereof. 6. Amino-pyridine compounds as claimed in claim 1, selected from the group consisting of: (Formula Removed) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate thereof. 7. Amino-pyridine compounds as claimed in claim 1 as and when used to prepare a pharmaceutical composition. |
|---|
890-DELNP-2007-Abstract-(17-08-2010).pdf
890-DELNP-2007-Claims-(15-09-2010).pdf
890-DELNP-2007-Claims-(17-08-2010).pdf
890-DELNP-2007-Correspondence-Others-(15-09-2010).pdf
890-DELNP-2007-Correspondence-Others-(17-08-2010).pdf
890-DELNP-2007-Correspondence-Others-(26-08-2010).pdf
890-delnp-2007-correspondence-others-1.pdf
890-DELNP-2007-Correspondence-Others.pdf
890-DELNP-2007-Description (Complete)-(17-08-2010).pdf
890-delnp-2007-description (complete).pdf
890-DELNP-2007-Form-1-(17-08-2010).pdf
890-DELNP-2007-Form-2-(17-08-2010).pdf
890-DELNP-2007-Form-3-(26-08-2010).pdf
890-DELNP-2007-GPA-(17-08-2010).pdf
890-delnp-2007-pct-notification.pdf
890-DELNP-2007-Petition 137-(26-08-2010).pdf
| Patent Number | 243571 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Indian Patent Application Number | 890/DELNP/2007 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| PG Journal Number | 44/2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Publication Date | 29-Oct-2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Grant Date | 26-Oct-2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Date of Filing | 02-Feb-2007 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Name of Patentee | PFIZER INC. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Applicant Address | 235 EAST 42ND STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10017, UNITED STATES OF AMERICA | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Inventors:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| PCT International Classification Number | A61K 31/4439 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| PCT International Application Number | PCT/IB 2005/002695 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| PCT International Filing date | 2005-08-15 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
PCT Conventions:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||